Mercurial > vim
annotate src/window.c @ 5132:a68629544891 v7.3.1309
updated for version 7.3.1309
Problem: When a script defines a function the flag to wait for the user to
hit enter is reset.
Solution: Restore the flag. (Yasuhiro Matsumoto) Except when the user was
typing the function.
author | Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org> |
---|---|
date | Fri, 05 Jul 2013 18:29:48 +0200 |
parents | cad8d29b0bc0 |
children | 8edba3805d78 |
rev | line source |
---|---|
7 | 1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4: |
2 * | |
3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar | |
4 * | |
5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read a list of people who contributed. | |
6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed. | |
7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code. | |
8 */ | |
9 | |
10 #include "vim.h" | |
11 | |
12 static int path_is_url __ARGS((char_u *p)); | |
13 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(PROTO) | |
1822 | 14 static void win_init __ARGS((win_T *newp, win_T *oldp, int flags)); |
1906 | 15 static void win_init_some __ARGS((win_T *newp, win_T *oldp)); |
7 | 16 static void frame_comp_pos __ARGS((frame_T *topfrp, int *row, int *col)); |
17 static void frame_setheight __ARGS((frame_T *curfrp, int height)); | |
18 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
19 static void frame_setwidth __ARGS((frame_T *curfrp, int width)); | |
20 #endif | |
21 static void win_exchange __ARGS((long)); | |
22 static void win_rotate __ARGS((int, int)); | |
23 static void win_totop __ARGS((int size, int flags)); | |
24 static void win_equal_rec __ARGS((win_T *next_curwin, int current, frame_T *topfr, int dir, int col, int row, int width, int height)); | |
672 | 25 static int last_window __ARGS((void)); |
3535 | 26 static int close_last_window_tabpage __ARGS((win_T *win, int free_buf, tabpage_T *prev_curtab)); |
671 | 27 static win_T *win_free_mem __ARGS((win_T *win, int *dirp, tabpage_T *tp)); |
28 static frame_T *win_altframe __ARGS((win_T *win, tabpage_T *tp)); | |
667 | 29 static tabpage_T *alt_tabpage __ARGS((void)); |
7 | 30 static win_T *frame2win __ARGS((frame_T *frp)); |
31 static int frame_has_win __ARGS((frame_T *frp, win_T *wp)); | |
32 static void frame_new_height __ARGS((frame_T *topfrp, int height, int topfirst, int wfh)); | |
33 static int frame_fixed_height __ARGS((frame_T *frp)); | |
34 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
779 | 35 static int frame_fixed_width __ARGS((frame_T *frp)); |
7 | 36 static void frame_add_statusline __ARGS((frame_T *frp)); |
779 | 37 static void frame_new_width __ARGS((frame_T *topfrp, int width, int leftfirst, int wfw)); |
7 | 38 static void frame_add_vsep __ARGS((frame_T *frp)); |
39 static int frame_minwidth __ARGS((frame_T *topfrp, win_T *next_curwin)); | |
40 static void frame_fix_width __ARGS((win_T *wp)); | |
41 #endif | |
667 | 42 #endif |
675 | 43 static int win_alloc_firstwin __ARGS((win_T *oldwin)); |
1906 | 44 static void new_frame __ARGS((win_T *wp)); |
667 | 45 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(PROTO) |
672 | 46 static tabpage_T *alloc_tabpage __ARGS((void)); |
4354 | 47 static int leave_tabpage __ARGS((buf_T *new_curbuf, int trigger_leave_autocmds)); |
48 static void enter_tabpage __ARGS((tabpage_T *tp, buf_T *old_curbuf, int trigger_enter_autocmds, int trigger_leave_autocmds)); | |
7 | 49 static void frame_fix_height __ARGS((win_T *wp)); |
50 static int frame_minheight __ARGS((frame_T *topfrp, win_T *next_curwin)); | |
4354 | 51 static void win_enter_ext __ARGS((win_T *wp, int undo_sync, int no_curwin, int trigger_enter_autocmds, int trigger_leave_autocmds)); |
671 | 52 static void win_free __ARGS((win_T *wp, tabpage_T *tp)); |
7 | 53 static void frame_append __ARGS((frame_T *after, frame_T *frp)); |
54 static void frame_insert __ARGS((frame_T *before, frame_T *frp)); | |
55 static void frame_remove __ARGS((frame_T *frp)); | |
5025
322441058afc
updated for version 7.3.1256
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5004
diff
changeset
|
56 # ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT |
7 | 57 static void win_goto_ver __ARGS((int up, long count)); |
58 static void win_goto_hor __ARGS((int left, long count)); | |
5025
322441058afc
updated for version 7.3.1256
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5004
diff
changeset
|
59 # endif |
7 | 60 static void frame_add_height __ARGS((frame_T *frp, int n)); |
61 static void last_status_rec __ARGS((frame_T *fr, int statusline)); | |
62 | |
63 static void make_snapshot_rec __ARGS((frame_T *fr, frame_T **frp)); | |
1906 | 64 static void clear_snapshot __ARGS((tabpage_T *tp, int idx)); |
7 | 65 static void clear_snapshot_rec __ARGS((frame_T *fr)); |
66 static int check_snapshot_rec __ARGS((frame_T *sn, frame_T *fr)); | |
67 static win_T *restore_snapshot_rec __ARGS((frame_T *sn, frame_T *fr)); | |
68 | |
5004
a1b41dabc682
updated for version 7.3.1246
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4936
diff
changeset
|
69 static int frame_check_height __ARGS((frame_T *topfrp, int height)); |
a1b41dabc682
updated for version 7.3.1246
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4936
diff
changeset
|
70 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT |
a1b41dabc682
updated for version 7.3.1246
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4936
diff
changeset
|
71 static int frame_check_width __ARGS((frame_T *topfrp, int width)); |
a1b41dabc682
updated for version 7.3.1246
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4936
diff
changeset
|
72 #endif |
a1b41dabc682
updated for version 7.3.1246
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4936
diff
changeset
|
73 |
7 | 74 #endif /* FEAT_WINDOWS */ |
1326 | 75 |
1906 | 76 static win_T *win_alloc __ARGS((win_T *after, int hidden)); |
2665 | 77 static void set_fraction __ARGS((win_T *wp)); |
7 | 78 |
79 #define URL_SLASH 1 /* path_is_url() has found "://" */ | |
80 #define URL_BACKSLASH 2 /* path_is_url() has found ":\\" */ | |
81 | |
1187 | 82 #define NOWIN (win_T *)-1 /* non-existing window */ |
7 | 83 |
170 | 84 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
685 | 85 # define ROWS_AVAIL (Rows - p_ch - tabline_height()) |
667 | 86 #else |
87 # define ROWS_AVAIL (Rows - p_ch) | |
170 | 88 #endif |
89 | |
7 | 90 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(PROTO) |
826 | 91 |
92 static char *m_onlyone = N_("Already only one window"); | |
93 | |
7 | 94 /* |
95 * all CTRL-W window commands are handled here, called from normal_cmd(). | |
96 */ | |
97 void | |
98 do_window(nchar, Prenum, xchar) | |
99 int nchar; | |
100 long Prenum; | |
101 int xchar; /* extra char from ":wincmd gx" or NUL */ | |
102 { | |
103 long Prenum1; | |
104 win_T *wp; | |
105 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH) || defined(FEAT_FIND_ID) | |
106 char_u *ptr; | |
681 | 107 linenr_T lnum = -1; |
7 | 108 #endif |
109 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID | |
110 int type = FIND_DEFINE; | |
111 int len; | |
112 #endif | |
113 char_u cbuf[40]; | |
114 | |
115 if (Prenum == 0) | |
116 Prenum1 = 1; | |
117 else | |
118 Prenum1 = Prenum; | |
119 | |
120 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN | |
121 # define CHECK_CMDWIN if (cmdwin_type != 0) { EMSG(_(e_cmdwin)); break; } | |
122 #else | |
123 # define CHECK_CMDWIN | |
124 #endif | |
125 | |
126 switch (nchar) | |
127 { | |
128 /* split current window in two parts, horizontally */ | |
129 case 'S': | |
130 case Ctrl_S: | |
131 case 's': | |
132 CHECK_CMDWIN | |
133 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
134 reset_VIsual_and_resel(); /* stop Visual mode */ | |
135 #endif | |
635 | 136 #ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX |
137 /* When splitting the quickfix window open a new buffer in it, | |
138 * don't replicate the quickfix buffer. */ | |
139 if (bt_quickfix(curbuf)) | |
140 goto newwindow; | |
141 #endif | |
7 | 142 #ifdef FEAT_GUI |
143 need_mouse_correct = TRUE; | |
144 #endif | |
145 win_split((int)Prenum, 0); | |
146 break; | |
147 | |
148 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
149 /* split current window in two parts, vertically */ | |
150 case Ctrl_V: | |
151 case 'v': | |
152 CHECK_CMDWIN | |
1664 | 153 # ifdef FEAT_VISUAL |
7 | 154 reset_VIsual_and_resel(); /* stop Visual mode */ |
1664 | 155 # endif |
156 # ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX | |
157 /* When splitting the quickfix window open a new buffer in it, | |
158 * don't replicate the quickfix buffer. */ | |
159 if (bt_quickfix(curbuf)) | |
160 goto newwindow; | |
161 # endif | |
162 # ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
7 | 163 need_mouse_correct = TRUE; |
1664 | 164 # endif |
7 | 165 win_split((int)Prenum, WSP_VERT); |
166 break; | |
167 #endif | |
168 | |
169 /* split current window and edit alternate file */ | |
170 case Ctrl_HAT: | |
171 case '^': | |
172 CHECK_CMDWIN | |
173 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
174 reset_VIsual_and_resel(); /* stop Visual mode */ | |
175 #endif | |
176 STRCPY(cbuf, "split #"); | |
177 if (Prenum) | |
1664 | 178 vim_snprintf((char *)cbuf + 7, sizeof(cbuf) - 7, |
179 "%ld", Prenum); | |
7 | 180 do_cmdline_cmd(cbuf); |
181 break; | |
182 | |
183 /* open new window */ | |
184 case Ctrl_N: | |
185 case 'n': | |
186 CHECK_CMDWIN | |
187 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
188 reset_VIsual_and_resel(); /* stop Visual mode */ | |
189 #endif | |
635 | 190 #ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX |
191 newwindow: | |
192 #endif | |
7 | 193 if (Prenum) |
1664 | 194 /* window height */ |
195 vim_snprintf((char *)cbuf, sizeof(cbuf) - 5, "%ld", Prenum); | |
7 | 196 else |
197 cbuf[0] = NUL; | |
1664 | 198 #if defined(FEAT_VERTSPLIT) && defined(FEAT_QUICKFIX) |
199 if (nchar == 'v' || nchar == Ctrl_V) | |
200 STRCAT(cbuf, "v"); | |
201 #endif | |
7 | 202 STRCAT(cbuf, "new"); |
203 do_cmdline_cmd(cbuf); | |
204 break; | |
205 | |
206 /* quit current window */ | |
207 case Ctrl_Q: | |
208 case 'q': | |
209 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
210 reset_VIsual_and_resel(); /* stop Visual mode */ | |
211 #endif | |
212 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"quit"); | |
213 break; | |
214 | |
215 /* close current window */ | |
216 case Ctrl_C: | |
217 case 'c': | |
218 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
219 reset_VIsual_and_resel(); /* stop Visual mode */ | |
220 #endif | |
221 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"close"); | |
222 break; | |
223 | |
224 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) && defined(FEAT_QUICKFIX) | |
225 /* close preview window */ | |
226 case Ctrl_Z: | |
227 case 'z': | |
228 CHECK_CMDWIN | |
229 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
230 reset_VIsual_and_resel(); /* stop Visual mode */ | |
231 #endif | |
232 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"pclose"); | |
233 break; | |
234 | |
235 /* cursor to preview window */ | |
236 case 'P': | |
237 for (wp = firstwin; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next) | |
238 if (wp->w_p_pvw) | |
239 break; | |
240 if (wp == NULL) | |
241 EMSG(_("E441: There is no preview window")); | |
242 else | |
243 win_goto(wp); | |
244 break; | |
245 #endif | |
246 | |
247 /* close all but current window */ | |
248 case Ctrl_O: | |
249 case 'o': | |
250 CHECK_CMDWIN | |
251 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
252 reset_VIsual_and_resel(); /* stop Visual mode */ | |
253 #endif | |
254 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"only"); | |
255 break; | |
256 | |
257 /* cursor to next window with wrap around */ | |
258 case Ctrl_W: | |
259 case 'w': | |
260 /* cursor to previous window with wrap around */ | |
261 case 'W': | |
262 CHECK_CMDWIN | |
1906 | 263 if (firstwin == lastwin && Prenum != 1) /* just one window */ |
7 | 264 beep_flush(); |
265 else | |
266 { | |
267 if (Prenum) /* go to specified window */ | |
268 { | |
269 for (wp = firstwin; --Prenum > 0; ) | |
270 { | |
271 if (wp->w_next == NULL) | |
272 break; | |
273 else | |
274 wp = wp->w_next; | |
275 } | |
276 } | |
277 else | |
278 { | |
279 if (nchar == 'W') /* go to previous window */ | |
280 { | |
281 wp = curwin->w_prev; | |
282 if (wp == NULL) | |
283 wp = lastwin; /* wrap around */ | |
284 } | |
285 else /* go to next window */ | |
286 { | |
287 wp = curwin->w_next; | |
288 if (wp == NULL) | |
289 wp = firstwin; /* wrap around */ | |
290 } | |
291 } | |
292 win_goto(wp); | |
293 } | |
294 break; | |
295 | |
296 /* cursor to window below */ | |
297 case 'j': | |
298 case K_DOWN: | |
299 case Ctrl_J: | |
300 CHECK_CMDWIN | |
301 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
302 win_goto_ver(FALSE, Prenum1); | |
303 #else | |
304 for (wp = curwin; wp->w_next != NULL && Prenum1-- > 0; | |
305 wp = wp->w_next) | |
306 ; | |
307 win_goto(wp); | |
308 #endif | |
309 break; | |
310 | |
311 /* cursor to window above */ | |
312 case 'k': | |
313 case K_UP: | |
314 case Ctrl_K: | |
315 CHECK_CMDWIN | |
316 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
317 win_goto_ver(TRUE, Prenum1); | |
318 #else | |
319 for (wp = curwin; wp->w_prev != NULL && Prenum1-- > 0; | |
320 wp = wp->w_prev) | |
321 ; | |
322 win_goto(wp); | |
323 #endif | |
324 break; | |
325 | |
326 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
327 /* cursor to left window */ | |
328 case 'h': | |
329 case K_LEFT: | |
330 case Ctrl_H: | |
331 case K_BS: | |
332 CHECK_CMDWIN | |
333 win_goto_hor(TRUE, Prenum1); | |
334 break; | |
335 | |
336 /* cursor to right window */ | |
337 case 'l': | |
338 case K_RIGHT: | |
339 case Ctrl_L: | |
340 CHECK_CMDWIN | |
341 win_goto_hor(FALSE, Prenum1); | |
342 break; | |
343 #endif | |
344 | |
826 | 345 /* move window to new tab page */ |
346 case 'T': | |
1906 | 347 if (one_window()) |
826 | 348 MSG(_(m_onlyone)); |
349 else | |
350 { | |
351 tabpage_T *oldtab = curtab; | |
352 tabpage_T *newtab; | |
353 | |
354 /* First create a new tab with the window, then go back to | |
355 * the old tab and close the window there. */ | |
944 | 356 wp = curwin; |
826 | 357 if (win_new_tabpage((int)Prenum) == OK |
358 && valid_tabpage(oldtab)) | |
359 { | |
360 newtab = curtab; | |
4354 | 361 goto_tabpage_tp(oldtab, TRUE, TRUE); |
826 | 362 if (curwin == wp) |
363 win_close(curwin, FALSE); | |
364 if (valid_tabpage(newtab)) | |
4354 | 365 goto_tabpage_tp(newtab, TRUE, TRUE); |
826 | 366 } |
367 } | |
368 break; | |
369 | |
7 | 370 /* cursor to top-left window */ |
371 case 't': | |
372 case Ctrl_T: | |
373 win_goto(firstwin); | |
374 break; | |
375 | |
376 /* cursor to bottom-right window */ | |
377 case 'b': | |
378 case Ctrl_B: | |
379 win_goto(lastwin); | |
380 break; | |
381 | |
382 /* cursor to last accessed (previous) window */ | |
383 case 'p': | |
384 case Ctrl_P: | |
385 if (prevwin == NULL) | |
386 beep_flush(); | |
387 else | |
388 win_goto(prevwin); | |
389 break; | |
390 | |
391 /* exchange current and next window */ | |
392 case 'x': | |
393 case Ctrl_X: | |
394 CHECK_CMDWIN | |
395 win_exchange(Prenum); | |
396 break; | |
397 | |
398 /* rotate windows downwards */ | |
399 case Ctrl_R: | |
400 case 'r': | |
401 CHECK_CMDWIN | |
402 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
403 reset_VIsual_and_resel(); /* stop Visual mode */ | |
404 #endif | |
405 win_rotate(FALSE, (int)Prenum1); /* downwards */ | |
406 break; | |
407 | |
408 /* rotate windows upwards */ | |
409 case 'R': | |
410 CHECK_CMDWIN | |
411 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
412 reset_VIsual_and_resel(); /* stop Visual mode */ | |
413 #endif | |
414 win_rotate(TRUE, (int)Prenum1); /* upwards */ | |
415 break; | |
416 | |
417 /* move window to the very top/bottom/left/right */ | |
418 case 'K': | |
419 case 'J': | |
420 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
421 case 'H': | |
422 case 'L': | |
423 #endif | |
424 CHECK_CMDWIN | |
425 win_totop((int)Prenum, | |
426 ((nchar == 'H' || nchar == 'L') ? WSP_VERT : 0) | |
427 | ((nchar == 'H' || nchar == 'K') ? WSP_TOP : WSP_BOT)); | |
428 break; | |
429 | |
430 /* make all windows the same height */ | |
431 case '=': | |
432 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
433 need_mouse_correct = TRUE; | |
434 #endif | |
435 win_equal(NULL, FALSE, 'b'); | |
436 break; | |
437 | |
438 /* increase current window height */ | |
439 case '+': | |
440 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
441 need_mouse_correct = TRUE; | |
442 #endif | |
443 win_setheight(curwin->w_height + (int)Prenum1); | |
444 break; | |
445 | |
446 /* decrease current window height */ | |
447 case '-': | |
448 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
449 need_mouse_correct = TRUE; | |
450 #endif | |
451 win_setheight(curwin->w_height - (int)Prenum1); | |
452 break; | |
453 | |
454 /* set current window height */ | |
455 case Ctrl__: | |
456 case '_': | |
457 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
458 need_mouse_correct = TRUE; | |
459 #endif | |
460 win_setheight(Prenum ? (int)Prenum : 9999); | |
461 break; | |
462 | |
463 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
464 /* increase current window width */ | |
465 case '>': | |
466 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
467 need_mouse_correct = TRUE; | |
468 #endif | |
469 win_setwidth(curwin->w_width + (int)Prenum1); | |
470 break; | |
471 | |
472 /* decrease current window width */ | |
473 case '<': | |
474 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
475 need_mouse_correct = TRUE; | |
476 #endif | |
477 win_setwidth(curwin->w_width - (int)Prenum1); | |
478 break; | |
479 | |
480 /* set current window width */ | |
481 case '|': | |
482 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
483 need_mouse_correct = TRUE; | |
484 #endif | |
485 win_setwidth(Prenum != 0 ? (int)Prenum : 9999); | |
486 break; | |
487 #endif | |
488 | |
489 /* jump to tag and split window if tag exists (in preview window) */ | |
490 #if defined(FEAT_QUICKFIX) | |
491 case '}': | |
492 CHECK_CMDWIN | |
493 if (Prenum) | |
494 g_do_tagpreview = Prenum; | |
495 else | |
496 g_do_tagpreview = p_pvh; | |
497 /*FALLTHROUGH*/ | |
498 #endif | |
499 case ']': | |
500 case Ctrl_RSB: | |
501 CHECK_CMDWIN | |
502 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
503 reset_VIsual_and_resel(); /* stop Visual mode */ | |
504 #endif | |
505 if (Prenum) | |
506 postponed_split = Prenum; | |
507 else | |
508 postponed_split = -1; | |
509 | |
510 /* Execute the command right here, required when | |
511 * "wincmd ]" was used in a function. */ | |
512 do_nv_ident(Ctrl_RSB, NUL); | |
513 break; | |
514 | |
515 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCHPATH | |
516 /* edit file name under cursor in a new window */ | |
517 case 'f': | |
681 | 518 case 'F': |
7 | 519 case Ctrl_F: |
820 | 520 wingotofile: |
7 | 521 CHECK_CMDWIN |
344 | 522 |
681 | 523 ptr = grab_file_name(Prenum1, &lnum); |
7 | 524 if (ptr != NULL) |
525 { | |
820 | 526 # ifdef FEAT_GUI |
7 | 527 need_mouse_correct = TRUE; |
820 | 528 # endif |
7 | 529 setpcmark(); |
530 if (win_split(0, 0) == OK) | |
531 { | |
2583 | 532 RESET_BINDING(curwin); |
1743 | 533 (void)do_ecmd(0, ptr, NULL, NULL, ECMD_LASTL, |
534 ECMD_HIDE, NULL); | |
681 | 535 if (nchar == 'F' && lnum >= 0) |
536 { | |
537 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; | |
538 check_cursor_lnum(); | |
539 beginline(BL_SOL | BL_FIX); | |
540 } | |
7 | 541 } |
542 vim_free(ptr); | |
543 } | |
544 break; | |
545 #endif | |
546 | |
547 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID | |
1187 | 548 /* Go to the first occurrence of the identifier under cursor along path in a |
7 | 549 * new window -- webb |
550 */ | |
551 case 'i': /* Go to any match */ | |
552 case Ctrl_I: | |
553 type = FIND_ANY; | |
554 /* FALLTHROUGH */ | |
555 case 'd': /* Go to definition, using 'define' */ | |
556 case Ctrl_D: | |
557 CHECK_CMDWIN | |
558 if ((len = find_ident_under_cursor(&ptr, FIND_IDENT)) == 0) | |
559 break; | |
560 find_pattern_in_path(ptr, 0, len, TRUE, | |
561 Prenum == 0 ? TRUE : FALSE, type, | |
562 Prenum1, ACTION_SPLIT, (linenr_T)1, (linenr_T)MAXLNUM); | |
563 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
564 break; | |
565 #endif | |
566 | |
170 | 567 case K_KENTER: |
568 case CAR: | |
569 #if defined(FEAT_QUICKFIX) | |
570 /* | |
571 * In a quickfix window a <CR> jumps to the error under the | |
572 * cursor in a new window. | |
573 */ | |
574 if (bt_quickfix(curbuf)) | |
575 { | |
643 | 576 sprintf((char *)cbuf, "split +%ld%s", |
577 (long)curwin->w_cursor.lnum, | |
578 (curwin->w_llist_ref == NULL) ? "cc" : "ll"); | |
170 | 579 do_cmdline_cmd(cbuf); |
580 } | |
581 #endif | |
582 break; | |
583 | |
584 | |
7 | 585 /* CTRL-W g extended commands */ |
586 case 'g': | |
587 case Ctrl_G: | |
588 CHECK_CMDWIN | |
589 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL | |
590 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */ | |
591 #endif | |
592 ++no_mapping; | |
593 ++allow_keys; /* no mapping for xchar, but allow key codes */ | |
594 if (xchar == NUL) | |
1389 | 595 xchar = plain_vgetc(); |
7 | 596 LANGMAP_ADJUST(xchar, TRUE); |
597 --no_mapping; | |
598 --allow_keys; | |
599 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
600 (void)add_to_showcmd(xchar); | |
601 #endif | |
602 switch (xchar) | |
603 { | |
604 #if defined(FEAT_QUICKFIX) | |
605 case '}': | |
606 xchar = Ctrl_RSB; | |
607 if (Prenum) | |
608 g_do_tagpreview = Prenum; | |
609 else | |
610 g_do_tagpreview = p_pvh; | |
611 /*FALLTHROUGH*/ | |
612 #endif | |
613 case ']': | |
614 case Ctrl_RSB: | |
615 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
616 reset_VIsual_and_resel(); /* stop Visual mode */ | |
617 #endif | |
618 if (Prenum) | |
619 postponed_split = Prenum; | |
620 else | |
621 postponed_split = -1; | |
622 | |
623 /* Execute the command right here, required when | |
624 * "wincmd g}" was used in a function. */ | |
625 do_nv_ident('g', xchar); | |
626 break; | |
627 | |
820 | 628 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCHPATH |
629 case 'f': /* CTRL-W gf: "gf" in a new tab page */ | |
839 | 630 case 'F': /* CTRL-W gF: "gF" in a new tab page */ |
2064
f398e0cc5b7a
updated for version 7.2.349
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1918
diff
changeset
|
631 cmdmod.tab = tabpage_index(curtab) + 1; |
839 | 632 nchar = xchar; |
820 | 633 goto wingotofile; |
634 #endif | |
7 | 635 default: |
636 beep_flush(); | |
637 break; | |
638 } | |
639 break; | |
640 | |
641 default: beep_flush(); | |
642 break; | |
643 } | |
644 } | |
645 | |
646 /* | |
647 * split the current window, implements CTRL-W s and :split | |
648 * | |
649 * "size" is the height or width for the new window, 0 to use half of current | |
650 * height or width. | |
651 * | |
652 * "flags": | |
653 * WSP_ROOM: require enough room for new window | |
654 * WSP_VERT: vertical split. | |
655 * WSP_TOP: open window at the top-left of the shell (help window). | |
656 * WSP_BOT: open window at the bottom-right of the shell (quickfix window). | |
657 * WSP_HELP: creating the help window, keep layout snapshot | |
658 * | |
659 * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise | |
660 */ | |
661 int | |
662 win_split(size, flags) | |
663 int size; | |
664 int flags; | |
665 { | |
682 | 666 /* When the ":tab" modifier was used open a new tab page instead. */ |
667 if (may_open_tabpage() == OK) | |
668 return OK; | |
669 | |
7 | 670 /* Add flags from ":vertical", ":topleft" and ":botright". */ |
671 flags |= cmdmod.split; | |
672 if ((flags & WSP_TOP) && (flags & WSP_BOT)) | |
673 { | |
674 EMSG(_("E442: Can't split topleft and botright at the same time")); | |
675 return FAIL; | |
676 } | |
677 | |
678 /* When creating the help window make a snapshot of the window layout. | |
679 * Otherwise clear the snapshot, it's now invalid. */ | |
680 if (flags & WSP_HELP) | |
1906 | 681 make_snapshot(SNAP_HELP_IDX); |
7 | 682 else |
1906 | 683 clear_snapshot(curtab, SNAP_HELP_IDX); |
7 | 684 |
685 return win_split_ins(size, flags, NULL, 0); | |
686 } | |
687 | |
688 /* | |
3263 | 689 * When "new_wp" is NULL: split the current window in two. |
690 * When "new_wp" is not NULL: insert this window at the far | |
7 | 691 * top/left/right/bottom. |
692 * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise | |
693 */ | |
1906 | 694 int |
3263 | 695 win_split_ins(size, flags, new_wp, dir) |
7 | 696 int size; |
697 int flags; | |
3263 | 698 win_T *new_wp; |
7 | 699 int dir; |
700 { | |
3263 | 701 win_T *wp = new_wp; |
7 | 702 win_T *oldwin; |
703 int new_size = size; | |
704 int i; | |
705 int need_status = 0; | |
706 int do_equal = FALSE; | |
707 int needed; | |
708 int available; | |
709 int oldwin_height = 0; | |
710 int layout; | |
711 frame_T *frp, *curfrp; | |
712 int before; | |
713 | |
714 if (flags & WSP_TOP) | |
715 oldwin = firstwin; | |
716 else if (flags & WSP_BOT) | |
717 oldwin = lastwin; | |
718 else | |
719 oldwin = curwin; | |
720 | |
721 /* add a status line when p_ls == 1 and splitting the first window */ | |
722 if (lastwin == firstwin && p_ls == 1 && oldwin->w_status_height == 0) | |
723 { | |
3263 | 724 if (oldwin->w_height <= p_wmh && new_wp == NULL) |
7 | 725 { |
726 EMSG(_(e_noroom)); | |
727 return FAIL; | |
728 } | |
729 need_status = STATUS_HEIGHT; | |
730 } | |
731 | |
1114 | 732 #ifdef FEAT_GUI |
733 /* May be needed for the scrollbars that are going to change. */ | |
734 if (gui.in_use) | |
735 out_flush(); | |
736 #endif | |
737 | |
7 | 738 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT |
739 if (flags & WSP_VERT) | |
740 { | |
741 layout = FR_ROW; | |
742 | |
743 /* | |
744 * Check if we are able to split the current window and compute its | |
745 * width. | |
746 */ | |
747 needed = p_wmw + 1; | |
748 if (flags & WSP_ROOM) | |
749 needed += p_wiw - p_wmw; | |
750 if (p_ea || (flags & (WSP_BOT | WSP_TOP))) | |
751 { | |
752 available = topframe->fr_width; | |
753 needed += frame_minwidth(topframe, NULL); | |
754 } | |
755 else | |
756 available = oldwin->w_width; | |
3263 | 757 if (available < needed && new_wp == NULL) |
7 | 758 { |
759 EMSG(_(e_noroom)); | |
760 return FAIL; | |
761 } | |
762 if (new_size == 0) | |
763 new_size = oldwin->w_width / 2; | |
764 if (new_size > oldwin->w_width - p_wmw - 1) | |
765 new_size = oldwin->w_width - p_wmw - 1; | |
766 if (new_size < p_wmw) | |
767 new_size = p_wmw; | |
768 | |
769 /* if it doesn't fit in the current window, need win_equal() */ | |
770 if (oldwin->w_width - new_size - 1 < p_wmw) | |
771 do_equal = TRUE; | |
779 | 772 |
773 /* We don't like to take lines for the new window from a | |
774 * 'winfixwidth' window. Take them from a window to the left or right | |
775 * instead, if possible. */ | |
776 if (oldwin->w_p_wfw) | |
777 win_setwidth_win(oldwin->w_width + new_size, oldwin); | |
1354 | 778 |
779 /* Only make all windows the same width if one of them (except oldwin) | |
780 * is wider than one of the split windows. */ | |
781 if (!do_equal && p_ea && size == 0 && *p_ead != 'v' | |
782 && oldwin->w_frame->fr_parent != NULL) | |
783 { | |
784 frp = oldwin->w_frame->fr_parent->fr_child; | |
785 while (frp != NULL) | |
786 { | |
787 if (frp->fr_win != oldwin && frp->fr_win != NULL | |
788 && (frp->fr_win->w_width > new_size | |
789 || frp->fr_win->w_width > oldwin->w_width | |
790 - new_size - STATUS_HEIGHT)) | |
791 { | |
792 do_equal = TRUE; | |
793 break; | |
794 } | |
795 frp = frp->fr_next; | |
796 } | |
797 } | |
7 | 798 } |
799 else | |
800 #endif | |
801 { | |
802 layout = FR_COL; | |
803 | |
804 /* | |
805 * Check if we are able to split the current window and compute its | |
806 * height. | |
807 */ | |
808 needed = p_wmh + STATUS_HEIGHT + need_status; | |
809 if (flags & WSP_ROOM) | |
810 needed += p_wh - p_wmh; | |
811 if (p_ea || (flags & (WSP_BOT | WSP_TOP))) | |
812 { | |
813 available = topframe->fr_height; | |
814 needed += frame_minheight(topframe, NULL); | |
815 } | |
816 else | |
817 { | |
818 available = oldwin->w_height; | |
819 needed += p_wmh; | |
820 } | |
3263 | 821 if (available < needed && new_wp == NULL) |
7 | 822 { |
823 EMSG(_(e_noroom)); | |
824 return FAIL; | |
825 } | |
826 oldwin_height = oldwin->w_height; | |
827 if (need_status) | |
828 { | |
829 oldwin->w_status_height = STATUS_HEIGHT; | |
830 oldwin_height -= STATUS_HEIGHT; | |
831 } | |
832 if (new_size == 0) | |
833 new_size = oldwin_height / 2; | |
834 | |
835 if (new_size > oldwin_height - p_wmh - STATUS_HEIGHT) | |
836 new_size = oldwin_height - p_wmh - STATUS_HEIGHT; | |
837 if (new_size < p_wmh) | |
838 new_size = p_wmh; | |
839 | |
840 /* if it doesn't fit in the current window, need win_equal() */ | |
841 if (oldwin_height - new_size - STATUS_HEIGHT < p_wmh) | |
842 do_equal = TRUE; | |
843 | |
844 /* We don't like to take lines for the new window from a | |
845 * 'winfixheight' window. Take them from a window above or below | |
846 * instead, if possible. */ | |
847 if (oldwin->w_p_wfh) | |
848 { | |
849 win_setheight_win(oldwin->w_height + new_size + STATUS_HEIGHT, | |
850 oldwin); | |
851 oldwin_height = oldwin->w_height; | |
852 if (need_status) | |
853 oldwin_height -= STATUS_HEIGHT; | |
854 } | |
1354 | 855 |
856 /* Only make all windows the same height if one of them (except oldwin) | |
857 * is higher than one of the split windows. */ | |
858 if (!do_equal && p_ea && size == 0 | |
859 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
860 && *p_ead != 'h' | |
861 #endif | |
862 && oldwin->w_frame->fr_parent != NULL) | |
863 { | |
864 frp = oldwin->w_frame->fr_parent->fr_child; | |
865 while (frp != NULL) | |
866 { | |
867 if (frp->fr_win != oldwin && frp->fr_win != NULL | |
868 && (frp->fr_win->w_height > new_size | |
869 || frp->fr_win->w_height > oldwin_height - new_size | |
870 - STATUS_HEIGHT)) | |
871 { | |
872 do_equal = TRUE; | |
873 break; | |
874 } | |
875 frp = frp->fr_next; | |
876 } | |
877 } | |
7 | 878 } |
879 | |
880 /* | |
881 * allocate new window structure and link it in the window list | |
882 */ | |
883 if ((flags & WSP_TOP) == 0 | |
884 && ((flags & WSP_BOT) | |
885 || (flags & WSP_BELOW) | |
886 || (!(flags & WSP_ABOVE) | |
887 && ( | |
888 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
889 (flags & WSP_VERT) ? p_spr : | |
890 #endif | |
891 p_sb)))) | |
892 { | |
893 /* new window below/right of current one */ | |
3263 | 894 if (new_wp == NULL) |
1906 | 895 wp = win_alloc(oldwin, FALSE); |
7 | 896 else |
897 win_append(oldwin, wp); | |
898 } | |
899 else | |
900 { | |
3263 | 901 if (new_wp == NULL) |
1906 | 902 wp = win_alloc(oldwin->w_prev, FALSE); |
7 | 903 else |
904 win_append(oldwin->w_prev, wp); | |
905 } | |
906 | |
3263 | 907 if (new_wp == NULL) |
7 | 908 { |
909 if (wp == NULL) | |
910 return FAIL; | |
911 | |
1906 | 912 new_frame(wp); |
913 if (wp->w_frame == NULL) | |
914 { | |
915 win_free(wp, NULL); | |
916 return FAIL; | |
917 } | |
918 | |
675 | 919 /* make the contents of the new window the same as the current one */ |
1822 | 920 win_init(wp, curwin, flags); |
7 | 921 } |
922 | |
923 /* | |
924 * Reorganise the tree of frames to insert the new window. | |
925 */ | |
926 if (flags & (WSP_TOP | WSP_BOT)) | |
927 { | |
928 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
929 if ((topframe->fr_layout == FR_COL && (flags & WSP_VERT) == 0) | |
930 || (topframe->fr_layout == FR_ROW && (flags & WSP_VERT) != 0)) | |
931 #else | |
932 if (topframe->fr_layout == FR_COL) | |
933 #endif | |
934 { | |
935 curfrp = topframe->fr_child; | |
936 if (flags & WSP_BOT) | |
937 while (curfrp->fr_next != NULL) | |
938 curfrp = curfrp->fr_next; | |
939 } | |
940 else | |
941 curfrp = topframe; | |
942 before = (flags & WSP_TOP); | |
943 } | |
944 else | |
945 { | |
946 curfrp = oldwin->w_frame; | |
947 if (flags & WSP_BELOW) | |
948 before = FALSE; | |
949 else if (flags & WSP_ABOVE) | |
950 before = TRUE; | |
951 else | |
952 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
953 if (flags & WSP_VERT) | |
954 before = !p_spr; | |
955 else | |
956 #endif | |
957 before = !p_sb; | |
958 } | |
959 if (curfrp->fr_parent == NULL || curfrp->fr_parent->fr_layout != layout) | |
960 { | |
961 /* Need to create a new frame in the tree to make a branch. */ | |
962 frp = (frame_T *)alloc_clear((unsigned)sizeof(frame_T)); | |
963 *frp = *curfrp; | |
964 curfrp->fr_layout = layout; | |
965 frp->fr_parent = curfrp; | |
966 frp->fr_next = NULL; | |
967 frp->fr_prev = NULL; | |
968 curfrp->fr_child = frp; | |
969 curfrp->fr_win = NULL; | |
970 curfrp = frp; | |
971 if (frp->fr_win != NULL) | |
972 oldwin->w_frame = frp; | |
973 else | |
974 for (frp = frp->fr_child; frp != NULL; frp = frp->fr_next) | |
975 frp->fr_parent = curfrp; | |
976 } | |
977 | |
3263 | 978 if (new_wp == NULL) |
1906 | 979 frp = wp->w_frame; |
7 | 980 else |
3263 | 981 frp = new_wp->w_frame; |
7 | 982 frp->fr_parent = curfrp->fr_parent; |
983 | |
984 /* Insert the new frame at the right place in the frame list. */ | |
985 if (before) | |
986 frame_insert(curfrp, frp); | |
987 else | |
988 frame_append(curfrp, frp); | |
989 | |
2665 | 990 /* Set w_fraction now so that the cursor keeps the same relative |
991 * vertical position. */ | |
2680 | 992 if (oldwin->w_height > 0) |
993 set_fraction(oldwin); | |
2665 | 994 wp->w_fraction = oldwin->w_fraction; |
995 | |
7 | 996 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT |
997 if (flags & WSP_VERT) | |
998 { | |
999 wp->w_p_scr = curwin->w_p_scr; | |
2665 | 1000 |
7 | 1001 if (need_status) |
1002 { | |
2115
5fd44cf99b6d
updated for version 7.2.398
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2064
diff
changeset
|
1003 win_new_height(oldwin, oldwin->w_height - 1); |
7 | 1004 oldwin->w_status_height = need_status; |
1005 } | |
1006 if (flags & (WSP_TOP | WSP_BOT)) | |
1007 { | |
1008 /* set height and row of new window to full height */ | |
685 | 1009 wp->w_winrow = tabline_height(); |
2115
5fd44cf99b6d
updated for version 7.2.398
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2064
diff
changeset
|
1010 win_new_height(wp, curfrp->fr_height - (p_ls > 0)); |
7 | 1011 wp->w_status_height = (p_ls > 0); |
1012 } | |
1013 else | |
1014 { | |
1015 /* height and row of new window is same as current window */ | |
1016 wp->w_winrow = oldwin->w_winrow; | |
2115
5fd44cf99b6d
updated for version 7.2.398
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2064
diff
changeset
|
1017 win_new_height(wp, oldwin->w_height); |
7 | 1018 wp->w_status_height = oldwin->w_status_height; |
1019 } | |
1020 frp->fr_height = curfrp->fr_height; | |
1021 | |
1022 /* "new_size" of the current window goes to the new window, use | |
1023 * one column for the vertical separator */ | |
2115
5fd44cf99b6d
updated for version 7.2.398
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2064
diff
changeset
|
1024 win_new_width(wp, new_size); |
7 | 1025 if (before) |
1026 wp->w_vsep_width = 1; | |
1027 else | |
1028 { | |
1029 wp->w_vsep_width = oldwin->w_vsep_width; | |
1030 oldwin->w_vsep_width = 1; | |
1031 } | |
1032 if (flags & (WSP_TOP | WSP_BOT)) | |
1033 { | |
1034 if (flags & WSP_BOT) | |
1035 frame_add_vsep(curfrp); | |
1036 /* Set width of neighbor frame */ | |
1037 frame_new_width(curfrp, curfrp->fr_width | |
779 | 1038 - (new_size + ((flags & WSP_TOP) != 0)), flags & WSP_TOP, |
1039 FALSE); | |
7 | 1040 } |
1041 else | |
779 | 1042 win_new_width(oldwin, oldwin->w_width - (new_size + 1)); |
7 | 1043 if (before) /* new window left of current one */ |
1044 { | |
1045 wp->w_wincol = oldwin->w_wincol; | |
1046 oldwin->w_wincol += new_size + 1; | |
1047 } | |
1048 else /* new window right of current one */ | |
1049 wp->w_wincol = oldwin->w_wincol + oldwin->w_width + 1; | |
1050 frame_fix_width(oldwin); | |
1051 frame_fix_width(wp); | |
1052 } | |
1053 else | |
1054 #endif | |
1055 { | |
1056 /* width and column of new window is same as current window */ | |
1057 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
1058 if (flags & (WSP_TOP | WSP_BOT)) | |
1059 { | |
1060 wp->w_wincol = 0; | |
2115
5fd44cf99b6d
updated for version 7.2.398
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2064
diff
changeset
|
1061 win_new_width(wp, Columns); |
7 | 1062 wp->w_vsep_width = 0; |
1063 } | |
1064 else | |
1065 { | |
1066 wp->w_wincol = oldwin->w_wincol; | |
2115
5fd44cf99b6d
updated for version 7.2.398
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2064
diff
changeset
|
1067 win_new_width(wp, oldwin->w_width); |
7 | 1068 wp->w_vsep_width = oldwin->w_vsep_width; |
1069 } | |
1070 frp->fr_width = curfrp->fr_width; | |
1071 #endif | |
1072 | |
1073 /* "new_size" of the current window goes to the new window, use | |
1074 * one row for the status line */ | |
1075 win_new_height(wp, new_size); | |
1076 if (flags & (WSP_TOP | WSP_BOT)) | |
1077 frame_new_height(curfrp, curfrp->fr_height | |
1078 - (new_size + STATUS_HEIGHT), flags & WSP_TOP, FALSE); | |
1079 else | |
1080 win_new_height(oldwin, oldwin_height - (new_size + STATUS_HEIGHT)); | |
1081 if (before) /* new window above current one */ | |
1082 { | |
1083 wp->w_winrow = oldwin->w_winrow; | |
1084 wp->w_status_height = STATUS_HEIGHT; | |
1085 oldwin->w_winrow += wp->w_height + STATUS_HEIGHT; | |
1086 } | |
1087 else /* new window below current one */ | |
1088 { | |
1089 wp->w_winrow = oldwin->w_winrow + oldwin->w_height + STATUS_HEIGHT; | |
1090 wp->w_status_height = oldwin->w_status_height; | |
1091 oldwin->w_status_height = STATUS_HEIGHT; | |
1092 } | |
1093 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
1094 if (flags & WSP_BOT) | |
1095 frame_add_statusline(curfrp); | |
1096 #endif | |
1097 frame_fix_height(wp); | |
1098 frame_fix_height(oldwin); | |
1099 } | |
1100 | |
1101 if (flags & (WSP_TOP | WSP_BOT)) | |
1102 (void)win_comp_pos(); | |
1103 | |
1104 /* | |
1105 * Both windows need redrawing | |
1106 */ | |
1107 redraw_win_later(wp, NOT_VALID); | |
1108 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; | |
1109 redraw_win_later(oldwin, NOT_VALID); | |
1110 oldwin->w_redr_status = TRUE; | |
1111 | |
1112 if (need_status) | |
1113 { | |
1114 msg_row = Rows - 1; | |
1115 msg_col = sc_col; | |
1116 msg_clr_eos_force(); /* Old command/ruler may still be there */ | |
1117 comp_col(); | |
1118 msg_row = Rows - 1; | |
1119 msg_col = 0; /* put position back at start of line */ | |
1120 } | |
1121 | |
1122 /* | |
2115
5fd44cf99b6d
updated for version 7.2.398
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2064
diff
changeset
|
1123 * equalize the window sizes. |
7 | 1124 */ |
1125 if (do_equal || dir != 0) | |
1126 win_equal(wp, TRUE, | |
1127 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
1128 (flags & WSP_VERT) ? (dir == 'v' ? 'b' : 'h') | |
1129 : dir == 'h' ? 'b' : | |
1130 #endif | |
1131 'v'); | |
1132 | |
1133 /* Don't change the window height/width to 'winheight' / 'winwidth' if a | |
1134 * size was given. */ | |
1135 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
1136 if (flags & WSP_VERT) | |
1137 { | |
1138 i = p_wiw; | |
1139 if (size != 0) | |
1140 p_wiw = size; | |
1141 | |
1142 # ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
1143 /* When 'guioptions' includes 'L' or 'R' may have to add scrollbars. */ | |
1144 if (gui.in_use) | |
1145 gui_init_which_components(NULL); | |
1146 # endif | |
1147 } | |
1148 else | |
1149 #endif | |
1150 { | |
1151 i = p_wh; | |
1152 if (size != 0) | |
1153 p_wh = size; | |
1154 } | |
2115
5fd44cf99b6d
updated for version 7.2.398
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2064
diff
changeset
|
1155 |
5fd44cf99b6d
updated for version 7.2.398
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2064
diff
changeset
|
1156 /* |
5fd44cf99b6d
updated for version 7.2.398
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2064
diff
changeset
|
1157 * make the new window the current window |
5fd44cf99b6d
updated for version 7.2.398
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2064
diff
changeset
|
1158 */ |
7 | 1159 win_enter(wp, FALSE); |
1160 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
1161 if (flags & WSP_VERT) | |
1162 p_wiw = i; | |
1163 else | |
1164 #endif | |
1165 p_wh = i; | |
1166 | |
1167 return OK; | |
1168 } | |
1169 | |
1906 | 1170 |
675 | 1171 /* |
1172 * Initialize window "newp" from window "oldp". | |
1173 * Used when splitting a window and when creating a new tab page. | |
1174 * The windows will both edit the same buffer. | |
1822 | 1175 * WSP_NEWLOC may be specified in flags to prevent the location list from |
1176 * being copied. | |
675 | 1177 */ |
1178 static void | |
1822 | 1179 win_init(newp, oldp, flags) |
675 | 1180 win_T *newp; |
1181 win_T *oldp; | |
1887 | 1182 int flags UNUSED; |
675 | 1183 { |
1184 int i; | |
1185 | |
1186 newp->w_buffer = oldp->w_buffer; | |
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2201
diff
changeset
|
1187 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL |
2253
12ebd6f6dfce
Fixed: after ":ownsyntax perl" and ":e" syntax was cleared in other window.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2252
diff
changeset
|
1188 newp->w_s = &(oldp->w_buffer->b_s); |
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2201
diff
changeset
|
1189 #endif |
675 | 1190 oldp->w_buffer->b_nwindows++; |
1191 newp->w_cursor = oldp->w_cursor; | |
1192 newp->w_valid = 0; | |
1193 newp->w_curswant = oldp->w_curswant; | |
1194 newp->w_set_curswant = oldp->w_set_curswant; | |
1195 newp->w_topline = oldp->w_topline; | |
1196 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
1197 newp->w_topfill = oldp->w_topfill; | |
1198 #endif | |
1199 newp->w_leftcol = oldp->w_leftcol; | |
1200 newp->w_pcmark = oldp->w_pcmark; | |
1201 newp->w_prev_pcmark = oldp->w_prev_pcmark; | |
1202 newp->w_alt_fnum = oldp->w_alt_fnum; | |
826 | 1203 newp->w_wrow = oldp->w_wrow; |
675 | 1204 newp->w_fraction = oldp->w_fraction; |
1205 newp->w_prev_fraction_row = oldp->w_prev_fraction_row; | |
1206 #ifdef FEAT_JUMPLIST | |
1207 copy_jumplist(oldp, newp); | |
1208 #endif | |
1209 #ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX | |
1822 | 1210 if (flags & WSP_NEWLOC) |
1211 { | |
1212 /* Don't copy the location list. */ | |
1213 newp->w_llist = NULL; | |
1214 newp->w_llist_ref = NULL; | |
1215 } | |
1216 else | |
1217 copy_loclist(oldp, newp); | |
675 | 1218 #endif |
1219 if (oldp->w_localdir != NULL) | |
1220 newp->w_localdir = vim_strsave(oldp->w_localdir); | |
1221 | |
1906 | 1222 /* copy tagstack and folds */ |
675 | 1223 for (i = 0; i < oldp->w_tagstacklen; i++) |
1224 { | |
1225 newp->w_tagstack[i] = oldp->w_tagstack[i]; | |
1226 if (newp->w_tagstack[i].tagname != NULL) | |
1227 newp->w_tagstack[i].tagname = | |
1228 vim_strsave(newp->w_tagstack[i].tagname); | |
1229 } | |
1230 newp->w_tagstackidx = oldp->w_tagstackidx; | |
1231 newp->w_tagstacklen = oldp->w_tagstacklen; | |
3068 | 1232 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING |
675 | 1233 copyFoldingState(oldp, newp); |
3068 | 1234 #endif |
1906 | 1235 |
1236 win_init_some(newp, oldp); | |
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2306
diff
changeset
|
1237 |
3068 | 1238 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL |
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2306
diff
changeset
|
1239 check_colorcolumn(newp); |
3068 | 1240 #endif |
1906 | 1241 } |
1242 | |
1243 /* | |
1244 * Initialize window "newp" from window"old". | |
1245 * Only the essential things are copied. | |
1246 */ | |
1247 static void | |
1248 win_init_some(newp, oldp) | |
1249 win_T *newp; | |
1250 win_T *oldp; | |
1251 { | |
1252 /* Use the same argument list. */ | |
1253 newp->w_alist = oldp->w_alist; | |
1254 ++newp->w_alist->al_refcount; | |
1255 newp->w_arg_idx = oldp->w_arg_idx; | |
1256 | |
1257 /* copy options from existing window */ | |
1258 win_copy_options(oldp, newp); | |
675 | 1259 } |
1260 | |
7 | 1261 #endif /* FEAT_WINDOWS */ |
1262 | |
1263 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(PROTO) | |
1264 /* | |
1265 * Check if "win" is a pointer to an existing window. | |
1266 */ | |
1267 int | |
1268 win_valid(win) | |
1269 win_T *win; | |
1270 { | |
1271 win_T *wp; | |
1272 | |
1273 if (win == NULL) | |
1274 return FALSE; | |
1275 for (wp = firstwin; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next) | |
1276 if (wp == win) | |
1277 return TRUE; | |
1278 return FALSE; | |
1279 } | |
1280 | |
1281 /* | |
1282 * Return the number of windows. | |
1283 */ | |
1284 int | |
1285 win_count() | |
1286 { | |
1287 win_T *wp; | |
1288 int count = 0; | |
1289 | |
1290 for (wp = firstwin; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next) | |
1291 ++count; | |
1292 return count; | |
1293 } | |
1294 | |
1295 /* | |
1296 * Make "count" windows on the screen. | |
1297 * Return actual number of windows on the screen. | |
1298 * Must be called when there is just one window, filling the whole screen | |
1299 * (excluding the command line). | |
1300 */ | |
1301 int | |
1302 make_windows(count, vertical) | |
1303 int count; | |
1887 | 1304 int vertical UNUSED; /* split windows vertically if TRUE */ |
7 | 1305 { |
1306 int maxcount; | |
1307 int todo; | |
1308 | |
1309 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
1310 if (vertical) | |
1311 { | |
1312 /* Each windows needs at least 'winminwidth' lines and a separator | |
1313 * column. */ | |
1314 maxcount = (curwin->w_width + curwin->w_vsep_width | |
1315 - (p_wiw - p_wmw)) / (p_wmw + 1); | |
1316 } | |
1317 else | |
1318 #endif | |
1319 { | |
1320 /* Each window needs at least 'winminheight' lines and a status line. */ | |
1321 maxcount = (curwin->w_height + curwin->w_status_height | |
1322 - (p_wh - p_wmh)) / (p_wmh + STATUS_HEIGHT); | |
1323 } | |
1324 | |
1325 if (maxcount < 2) | |
1326 maxcount = 2; | |
1327 if (count > maxcount) | |
1328 count = maxcount; | |
1329 | |
1330 /* | |
1331 * add status line now, otherwise first window will be too big | |
1332 */ | |
1333 if (count > 1) | |
1334 last_status(TRUE); | |
1335 | |
1336 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD | |
1337 /* | |
1338 * Don't execute autocommands while creating the windows. Must do that | |
1339 * when putting the buffers in the windows. | |
1340 */ | |
1410 | 1341 block_autocmds(); |
7 | 1342 #endif |
1343 | |
1344 /* todo is number of windows left to create */ | |
1345 for (todo = count - 1; todo > 0; --todo) | |
1346 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
1347 if (vertical) | |
1348 { | |
1349 if (win_split(curwin->w_width - (curwin->w_width - todo) | |
1350 / (todo + 1) - 1, WSP_VERT | WSP_ABOVE) == FAIL) | |
1351 break; | |
1352 } | |
1353 else | |
1354 #endif | |
1355 { | |
1356 if (win_split(curwin->w_height - (curwin->w_height - todo | |
1357 * STATUS_HEIGHT) / (todo + 1) | |
1358 - STATUS_HEIGHT, WSP_ABOVE) == FAIL) | |
1359 break; | |
1360 } | |
1361 | |
1362 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD | |
1410 | 1363 unblock_autocmds(); |
7 | 1364 #endif |
1365 | |
1366 /* return actual number of windows */ | |
1367 return (count - todo); | |
1368 } | |
1369 | |
1370 /* | |
1371 * Exchange current and next window | |
1372 */ | |
1373 static void | |
1374 win_exchange(Prenum) | |
1375 long Prenum; | |
1376 { | |
1377 frame_T *frp; | |
1378 frame_T *frp2; | |
1379 win_T *wp; | |
1380 win_T *wp2; | |
1381 int temp; | |
1382 | |
1383 if (lastwin == firstwin) /* just one window */ | |
1384 { | |
1385 beep_flush(); | |
1386 return; | |
1387 } | |
1388 | |
1389 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
1390 need_mouse_correct = TRUE; | |
1391 #endif | |
1392 | |
1393 /* | |
1394 * find window to exchange with | |
1395 */ | |
1396 if (Prenum) | |
1397 { | |
1398 frp = curwin->w_frame->fr_parent->fr_child; | |
1399 while (frp != NULL && --Prenum > 0) | |
1400 frp = frp->fr_next; | |
1401 } | |
1402 else if (curwin->w_frame->fr_next != NULL) /* Swap with next */ | |
1403 frp = curwin->w_frame->fr_next; | |
1404 else /* Swap last window in row/col with previous */ | |
1405 frp = curwin->w_frame->fr_prev; | |
1406 | |
1407 /* We can only exchange a window with another window, not with a frame | |
1408 * containing windows. */ | |
1409 if (frp == NULL || frp->fr_win == NULL || frp->fr_win == curwin) | |
1410 return; | |
1411 wp = frp->fr_win; | |
1412 | |
1413 /* | |
1414 * 1. remove curwin from the list. Remember after which window it was in wp2 | |
1415 * 2. insert curwin before wp in the list | |
1416 * if wp != wp2 | |
1417 * 3. remove wp from the list | |
1418 * 4. insert wp after wp2 | |
1419 * 5. exchange the status line height and vsep width. | |
1420 */ | |
1421 wp2 = curwin->w_prev; | |
1422 frp2 = curwin->w_frame->fr_prev; | |
1423 if (wp->w_prev != curwin) | |
1424 { | |
671 | 1425 win_remove(curwin, NULL); |
7 | 1426 frame_remove(curwin->w_frame); |
1427 win_append(wp->w_prev, curwin); | |
1428 frame_insert(frp, curwin->w_frame); | |
1429 } | |
1430 if (wp != wp2) | |
1431 { | |
671 | 1432 win_remove(wp, NULL); |
7 | 1433 frame_remove(wp->w_frame); |
1434 win_append(wp2, wp); | |
1435 if (frp2 == NULL) | |
1436 frame_insert(wp->w_frame->fr_parent->fr_child, wp->w_frame); | |
1437 else | |
1438 frame_append(frp2, wp->w_frame); | |
1439 } | |
1440 temp = curwin->w_status_height; | |
1441 curwin->w_status_height = wp->w_status_height; | |
1442 wp->w_status_height = temp; | |
1443 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
1444 temp = curwin->w_vsep_width; | |
1445 curwin->w_vsep_width = wp->w_vsep_width; | |
1446 wp->w_vsep_width = temp; | |
1447 | |
1448 /* If the windows are not in the same frame, exchange the sizes to avoid | |
1449 * messing up the window layout. Otherwise fix the frame sizes. */ | |
1450 if (curwin->w_frame->fr_parent != wp->w_frame->fr_parent) | |
1451 { | |
1452 temp = curwin->w_height; | |
1453 curwin->w_height = wp->w_height; | |
1454 wp->w_height = temp; | |
1455 temp = curwin->w_width; | |
1456 curwin->w_width = wp->w_width; | |
1457 wp->w_width = temp; | |
1458 } | |
1459 else | |
1460 { | |
1461 frame_fix_height(curwin); | |
1462 frame_fix_height(wp); | |
1463 frame_fix_width(curwin); | |
1464 frame_fix_width(wp); | |
1465 } | |
1466 #endif | |
1467 | |
1468 (void)win_comp_pos(); /* recompute window positions */ | |
1469 | |
1470 win_enter(wp, TRUE); | |
1471 redraw_later(CLEAR); | |
1472 } | |
1473 | |
1474 /* | |
1475 * rotate windows: if upwards TRUE the second window becomes the first one | |
1476 * if upwards FALSE the first window becomes the second one | |
1477 */ | |
1478 static void | |
1479 win_rotate(upwards, count) | |
1480 int upwards; | |
1481 int count; | |
1482 { | |
1483 win_T *wp1; | |
1484 win_T *wp2; | |
1485 frame_T *frp; | |
1486 int n; | |
1487 | |
1488 if (firstwin == lastwin) /* nothing to do */ | |
1489 { | |
1490 beep_flush(); | |
1491 return; | |
1492 } | |
1493 | |
1494 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
1495 need_mouse_correct = TRUE; | |
1496 #endif | |
1497 | |
1498 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
1499 /* Check if all frames in this row/col have one window. */ | |
1500 for (frp = curwin->w_frame->fr_parent->fr_child; frp != NULL; | |
1501 frp = frp->fr_next) | |
1502 if (frp->fr_win == NULL) | |
1503 { | |
1504 EMSG(_("E443: Cannot rotate when another window is split")); | |
1505 return; | |
1506 } | |
1507 #endif | |
1508 | |
1509 while (count--) | |
1510 { | |
1511 if (upwards) /* first window becomes last window */ | |
1512 { | |
1513 /* remove first window/frame from the list */ | |
1514 frp = curwin->w_frame->fr_parent->fr_child; | |
1515 wp1 = frp->fr_win; | |
671 | 1516 win_remove(wp1, NULL); |
7 | 1517 frame_remove(frp); |
1518 | |
1519 /* find last frame and append removed window/frame after it */ | |
1520 for ( ; frp->fr_next != NULL; frp = frp->fr_next) | |
1521 ; | |
1522 win_append(frp->fr_win, wp1); | |
1523 frame_append(frp, wp1->w_frame); | |
1524 | |
1525 wp2 = frp->fr_win; /* previously last window */ | |
1526 } | |
1527 else /* last window becomes first window */ | |
1528 { | |
1529 /* find last window/frame in the list and remove it */ | |
1530 for (frp = curwin->w_frame; frp->fr_next != NULL; | |
1531 frp = frp->fr_next) | |
1532 ; | |
1533 wp1 = frp->fr_win; | |
1534 wp2 = wp1->w_prev; /* will become last window */ | |
671 | 1535 win_remove(wp1, NULL); |
7 | 1536 frame_remove(frp); |
1537 | |
1538 /* append the removed window/frame before the first in the list */ | |
1539 win_append(frp->fr_parent->fr_child->fr_win->w_prev, wp1); | |
1540 frame_insert(frp->fr_parent->fr_child, frp); | |
1541 } | |
1542 | |
1543 /* exchange status height and vsep width of old and new last window */ | |
1544 n = wp2->w_status_height; | |
1545 wp2->w_status_height = wp1->w_status_height; | |
1546 wp1->w_status_height = n; | |
1547 frame_fix_height(wp1); | |
1548 frame_fix_height(wp2); | |
1549 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
1550 n = wp2->w_vsep_width; | |
1551 wp2->w_vsep_width = wp1->w_vsep_width; | |
1552 wp1->w_vsep_width = n; | |
1553 frame_fix_width(wp1); | |
1554 frame_fix_width(wp2); | |
1555 #endif | |
1556 | |
1557 /* recompute w_winrow and w_wincol for all windows */ | |
1558 (void)win_comp_pos(); | |
1559 } | |
1560 | |
1561 redraw_later(CLEAR); | |
1562 } | |
1563 | |
1564 /* | |
1565 * Move the current window to the very top/bottom/left/right of the screen. | |
1566 */ | |
1567 static void | |
1568 win_totop(size, flags) | |
1569 int size; | |
1570 int flags; | |
1571 { | |
1572 int dir; | |
1573 int height = curwin->w_height; | |
1574 | |
1575 if (lastwin == firstwin) | |
1576 { | |
1577 beep_flush(); | |
1578 return; | |
1579 } | |
1580 | |
1581 /* Remove the window and frame from the tree of frames. */ | |
671 | 1582 (void)winframe_remove(curwin, &dir, NULL); |
1583 win_remove(curwin, NULL); | |
7 | 1584 last_status(FALSE); /* may need to remove last status line */ |
1585 (void)win_comp_pos(); /* recompute window positions */ | |
1586 | |
1587 /* Split a window on the desired side and put the window there. */ | |
1588 (void)win_split_ins(size, flags, curwin, dir); | |
1589 if (!(flags & WSP_VERT)) | |
1590 { | |
1591 win_setheight(height); | |
1592 if (p_ea) | |
1593 win_equal(curwin, TRUE, 'v'); | |
1594 } | |
1595 | |
1596 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(FEAT_VERTSPLIT) | |
1597 /* When 'guioptions' includes 'L' or 'R' may have to remove or add | |
1598 * scrollbars. Have to update them anyway. */ | |
1906 | 1599 gui_may_update_scrollbars(); |
1600 #endif | |
7 | 1601 } |
1602 | |
1603 /* | |
1604 * Move window "win1" to below/right of "win2" and make "win1" the current | |
1605 * window. Only works within the same frame! | |
1606 */ | |
1607 void | |
1608 win_move_after(win1, win2) | |
1609 win_T *win1, *win2; | |
1610 { | |
1611 int height; | |
1612 | |
1613 /* check if the arguments are reasonable */ | |
1614 if (win1 == win2) | |
1615 return; | |
1616 | |
1617 /* check if there is something to do */ | |
1618 if (win2->w_next != win1) | |
1619 { | |
1620 /* may need move the status line/vertical separator of the last window | |
1621 * */ | |
1622 if (win1 == lastwin) | |
1623 { | |
1624 height = win1->w_prev->w_status_height; | |
1625 win1->w_prev->w_status_height = win1->w_status_height; | |
1626 win1->w_status_height = height; | |
1627 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
1070 | 1628 if (win1->w_prev->w_vsep_width == 1) |
1629 { | |
1630 /* Remove the vertical separator from the last-but-one window, | |
1631 * add it to the last window. Adjust the frame widths. */ | |
1632 win1->w_prev->w_vsep_width = 0; | |
1633 win1->w_prev->w_frame->fr_width -= 1; | |
1634 win1->w_vsep_width = 1; | |
1635 win1->w_frame->fr_width += 1; | |
1636 } | |
7 | 1637 #endif |
1638 } | |
1639 else if (win2 == lastwin) | |
1640 { | |
1641 height = win1->w_status_height; | |
1642 win1->w_status_height = win2->w_status_height; | |
1643 win2->w_status_height = height; | |
1644 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
1070 | 1645 if (win1->w_vsep_width == 1) |
1646 { | |
1647 /* Remove the vertical separator from win1, add it to the last | |
1648 * window, win2. Adjust the frame widths. */ | |
1649 win2->w_vsep_width = 1; | |
1650 win2->w_frame->fr_width += 1; | |
1651 win1->w_vsep_width = 0; | |
1652 win1->w_frame->fr_width -= 1; | |
1653 } | |
7 | 1654 #endif |
1655 } | |
671 | 1656 win_remove(win1, NULL); |
7 | 1657 frame_remove(win1->w_frame); |
1658 win_append(win2, win1); | |
1659 frame_append(win2->w_frame, win1->w_frame); | |
1660 | |
1661 (void)win_comp_pos(); /* recompute w_winrow for all windows */ | |
1662 redraw_later(NOT_VALID); | |
1663 } | |
1664 win_enter(win1, FALSE); | |
1665 } | |
1666 | |
1667 /* | |
1668 * Make all windows the same height. | |
1669 * 'next_curwin' will soon be the current window, make sure it has enough | |
1670 * rows. | |
1671 */ | |
1672 void | |
1673 win_equal(next_curwin, current, dir) | |
1674 win_T *next_curwin; /* pointer to current window to be or NULL */ | |
1675 int current; /* do only frame with current window */ | |
1676 int dir; /* 'v' for vertically, 'h' for horizontally, | |
1677 'b' for both, 0 for using p_ead */ | |
1678 { | |
1679 if (dir == 0) | |
1680 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
1681 dir = *p_ead; | |
1682 #else | |
1683 dir = 'b'; | |
1684 #endif | |
1685 win_equal_rec(next_curwin == NULL ? curwin : next_curwin, current, | |
685 | 1686 topframe, dir, 0, tabline_height(), |
667 | 1687 (int)Columns, topframe->fr_height); |
7 | 1688 } |
1689 | |
1690 /* | |
1691 * Set a frame to a new position and height, spreading the available room | |
1692 * equally over contained frames. | |
1693 * The window "next_curwin" (if not NULL) should at least get the size from | |
1694 * 'winheight' and 'winwidth' if possible. | |
1695 */ | |
1696 static void | |
1697 win_equal_rec(next_curwin, current, topfr, dir, col, row, width, height) | |
1698 win_T *next_curwin; /* pointer to current window to be or NULL */ | |
1699 int current; /* do only frame with current window */ | |
1700 frame_T *topfr; /* frame to set size off */ | |
1701 int dir; /* 'v', 'h' or 'b', see win_equal() */ | |
1702 int col; /* horizontal position for frame */ | |
1703 int row; /* vertical position for frame */ | |
1704 int width; /* new width of frame */ | |
1705 int height; /* new height of frame */ | |
1706 { | |
1707 int n, m; | |
1708 int extra_sep = 0; | |
1709 int wincount, totwincount = 0; | |
1710 frame_T *fr; | |
1711 int next_curwin_size = 0; | |
1712 int room = 0; | |
1713 int new_size; | |
1714 int has_next_curwin = 0; | |
1715 int hnc; | |
1716 | |
1717 if (topfr->fr_layout == FR_LEAF) | |
1718 { | |
1719 /* Set the width/height of this frame. | |
1720 * Redraw when size or position changes */ | |
1721 if (topfr->fr_height != height || topfr->fr_win->w_winrow != row | |
1722 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
1723 || topfr->fr_width != width || topfr->fr_win->w_wincol != col | |
1724 #endif | |
1725 ) | |
1726 { | |
1727 topfr->fr_win->w_winrow = row; | |
1728 frame_new_height(topfr, height, FALSE, FALSE); | |
1729 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
1730 topfr->fr_win->w_wincol = col; | |
779 | 1731 frame_new_width(topfr, width, FALSE, FALSE); |
7 | 1732 #endif |
1733 redraw_all_later(CLEAR); | |
1734 } | |
1735 } | |
1736 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
1737 else if (topfr->fr_layout == FR_ROW) | |
1738 { | |
1739 topfr->fr_width = width; | |
1740 topfr->fr_height = height; | |
1741 | |
1742 if (dir != 'v') /* equalize frame widths */ | |
1743 { | |
1744 /* Compute the maximum number of windows horizontally in this | |
1745 * frame. */ | |
1746 n = frame_minwidth(topfr, NOWIN); | |
1747 /* add one for the rightmost window, it doesn't have a separator */ | |
1748 if (col + width == Columns) | |
1749 extra_sep = 1; | |
1750 else | |
1751 extra_sep = 0; | |
1752 totwincount = (n + extra_sep) / (p_wmw + 1); | |
779 | 1753 has_next_curwin = frame_has_win(topfr, next_curwin); |
1754 | |
1755 /* | |
1756 * Compute width for "next_curwin" window and room available for | |
1757 * other windows. | |
1758 * "m" is the minimal width when counting p_wiw for "next_curwin". | |
1759 */ | |
7 | 1760 m = frame_minwidth(topfr, next_curwin); |
1761 room = width - m; | |
1762 if (room < 0) | |
1763 { | |
1764 next_curwin_size = p_wiw + room; | |
1765 room = 0; | |
1766 } | |
1767 else | |
1768 { | |
779 | 1769 next_curwin_size = -1; |
1770 for (fr = topfr->fr_child; fr != NULL; fr = fr->fr_next) | |
1771 { | |
1772 /* If 'winfixwidth' set keep the window width if | |
1773 * possible. | |
1774 * Watch out for this window being the next_curwin. */ | |
1775 if (frame_fixed_width(fr)) | |
1776 { | |
1777 n = frame_minwidth(fr, NOWIN); | |
1778 new_size = fr->fr_width; | |
1779 if (frame_has_win(fr, next_curwin)) | |
1780 { | |
1781 room += p_wiw - p_wmw; | |
1782 next_curwin_size = 0; | |
1783 if (new_size < p_wiw) | |
1784 new_size = p_wiw; | |
1785 } | |
1786 else | |
1787 /* These windows don't use up room. */ | |
1788 totwincount -= (n + (fr->fr_next == NULL | |
1789 ? extra_sep : 0)) / (p_wmw + 1); | |
1790 room -= new_size - n; | |
1791 if (room < 0) | |
1792 { | |
1793 new_size += room; | |
1794 room = 0; | |
1795 } | |
1796 fr->fr_newwidth = new_size; | |
1797 } | |
1798 } | |
1799 if (next_curwin_size == -1) | |
1800 { | |
1801 if (!has_next_curwin) | |
1802 next_curwin_size = 0; | |
1803 else if (totwincount > 1 | |
1804 && (room + (totwincount - 2)) | |
1805 / (totwincount - 1) > p_wiw) | |
1806 { | |
834 | 1807 /* Can make all windows wider than 'winwidth', spread |
1808 * the room equally. */ | |
1809 next_curwin_size = (room + p_wiw | |
1810 + (totwincount - 1) * p_wmw | |
1811 + (totwincount - 1)) / totwincount; | |
779 | 1812 room -= next_curwin_size - p_wiw; |
1813 } | |
1814 else | |
1815 next_curwin_size = p_wiw; | |
1816 } | |
7 | 1817 } |
779 | 1818 |
1819 if (has_next_curwin) | |
7 | 1820 --totwincount; /* don't count curwin */ |
1821 } | |
1822 | |
1823 for (fr = topfr->fr_child; fr != NULL; fr = fr->fr_next) | |
1824 { | |
1825 n = m = 0; | |
1826 wincount = 1; | |
1827 if (fr->fr_next == NULL) | |
1828 /* last frame gets all that remains (avoid roundoff error) */ | |
1829 new_size = width; | |
1830 else if (dir == 'v') | |
1831 new_size = fr->fr_width; | |
779 | 1832 else if (frame_fixed_width(fr)) |
1833 { | |
1834 new_size = fr->fr_newwidth; | |
1835 wincount = 0; /* doesn't count as a sizeable window */ | |
1836 } | |
7 | 1837 else |
1838 { | |
1839 /* Compute the maximum number of windows horiz. in "fr". */ | |
1840 n = frame_minwidth(fr, NOWIN); | |
1841 wincount = (n + (fr->fr_next == NULL ? extra_sep : 0)) | |
1842 / (p_wmw + 1); | |
1843 m = frame_minwidth(fr, next_curwin); | |
779 | 1844 if (has_next_curwin) |
1845 hnc = frame_has_win(fr, next_curwin); | |
1846 else | |
1847 hnc = FALSE; | |
1848 if (hnc) /* don't count next_curwin */ | |
7 | 1849 --wincount; |
779 | 1850 if (totwincount == 0) |
1851 new_size = room; | |
1852 else | |
1853 new_size = (wincount * room + ((unsigned)totwincount >> 1)) | |
7 | 1854 / totwincount; |
779 | 1855 if (hnc) /* add next_curwin size */ |
7 | 1856 { |
1857 next_curwin_size -= p_wiw - (m - n); | |
1858 new_size += next_curwin_size; | |
779 | 1859 room -= new_size - next_curwin_size; |
7 | 1860 } |
779 | 1861 else |
1862 room -= new_size; | |
1863 new_size += n; | |
7 | 1864 } |
1865 | |
779 | 1866 /* Skip frame that is full width when splitting or closing a |
7 | 1867 * window, unless equalizing all frames. */ |
1868 if (!current || dir != 'v' || topfr->fr_parent != NULL | |
1869 || (new_size != fr->fr_width) | |
1870 || frame_has_win(fr, next_curwin)) | |
1871 win_equal_rec(next_curwin, current, fr, dir, col, row, | |
779 | 1872 new_size, height); |
1873 col += new_size; | |
1874 width -= new_size; | |
7 | 1875 totwincount -= wincount; |
1876 } | |
1877 } | |
1878 #endif | |
1879 else /* topfr->fr_layout == FR_COL */ | |
1880 { | |
1881 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
1882 topfr->fr_width = width; | |
1883 #endif | |
1884 topfr->fr_height = height; | |
1885 | |
1886 if (dir != 'h') /* equalize frame heights */ | |
1887 { | |
1888 /* Compute maximum number of windows vertically in this frame. */ | |
1889 n = frame_minheight(topfr, NOWIN); | |
1890 /* add one for the bottom window if it doesn't have a statusline */ | |
1891 if (row + height == cmdline_row && p_ls == 0) | |
1892 extra_sep = 1; | |
1893 else | |
1894 extra_sep = 0; | |
1895 totwincount = (n + extra_sep) / (p_wmh + 1); | |
1896 has_next_curwin = frame_has_win(topfr, next_curwin); | |
1897 | |
1898 /* | |
1899 * Compute height for "next_curwin" window and room available for | |
1900 * other windows. | |
1901 * "m" is the minimal height when counting p_wh for "next_curwin". | |
1902 */ | |
1903 m = frame_minheight(topfr, next_curwin); | |
1904 room = height - m; | |
1905 if (room < 0) | |
1906 { | |
1907 /* The room is less then 'winheight', use all space for the | |
1908 * current window. */ | |
1909 next_curwin_size = p_wh + room; | |
1910 room = 0; | |
1911 } | |
1912 else | |
1913 { | |
1914 next_curwin_size = -1; | |
1915 for (fr = topfr->fr_child; fr != NULL; fr = fr->fr_next) | |
1916 { | |
1917 /* If 'winfixheight' set keep the window height if | |
1918 * possible. | |
1919 * Watch out for this window being the next_curwin. */ | |
1920 if (frame_fixed_height(fr)) | |
1921 { | |
1922 n = frame_minheight(fr, NOWIN); | |
1923 new_size = fr->fr_height; | |
1924 if (frame_has_win(fr, next_curwin)) | |
1925 { | |
1926 room += p_wh - p_wmh; | |
1927 next_curwin_size = 0; | |
1928 if (new_size < p_wh) | |
1929 new_size = p_wh; | |
1930 } | |
1931 else | |
1932 /* These windows don't use up room. */ | |
1933 totwincount -= (n + (fr->fr_next == NULL | |
1934 ? extra_sep : 0)) / (p_wmh + 1); | |
1935 room -= new_size - n; | |
1936 if (room < 0) | |
1937 { | |
1938 new_size += room; | |
1939 room = 0; | |
1940 } | |
1941 fr->fr_newheight = new_size; | |
1942 } | |
1943 } | |
1944 if (next_curwin_size == -1) | |
1945 { | |
1946 if (!has_next_curwin) | |
1947 next_curwin_size = 0; | |
1948 else if (totwincount > 1 | |
1949 && (room + (totwincount - 2)) | |
1950 / (totwincount - 1) > p_wh) | |
1951 { | |
834 | 1952 /* can make all windows higher than 'winheight', |
1953 * spread the room equally. */ | |
1954 next_curwin_size = (room + p_wh | |
1955 + (totwincount - 1) * p_wmh | |
7 | 1956 + (totwincount - 1)) / totwincount; |
1957 room -= next_curwin_size - p_wh; | |
1958 } | |
1959 else | |
1960 next_curwin_size = p_wh; | |
1961 } | |
1962 } | |
1963 | |
1964 if (has_next_curwin) | |
1965 --totwincount; /* don't count curwin */ | |
1966 } | |
1967 | |
1968 for (fr = topfr->fr_child; fr != NULL; fr = fr->fr_next) | |
1969 { | |
1970 n = m = 0; | |
1971 wincount = 1; | |
1972 if (fr->fr_next == NULL) | |
1973 /* last frame gets all that remains (avoid roundoff error) */ | |
1974 new_size = height; | |
1975 else if (dir == 'h') | |
1976 new_size = fr->fr_height; | |
1977 else if (frame_fixed_height(fr)) | |
1978 { | |
1979 new_size = fr->fr_newheight; | |
1980 wincount = 0; /* doesn't count as a sizeable window */ | |
1981 } | |
1982 else | |
1983 { | |
1984 /* Compute the maximum number of windows vert. in "fr". */ | |
1985 n = frame_minheight(fr, NOWIN); | |
1986 wincount = (n + (fr->fr_next == NULL ? extra_sep : 0)) | |
1987 / (p_wmh + 1); | |
1988 m = frame_minheight(fr, next_curwin); | |
1989 if (has_next_curwin) | |
1990 hnc = frame_has_win(fr, next_curwin); | |
1991 else | |
1992 hnc = FALSE; | |
1993 if (hnc) /* don't count next_curwin */ | |
1994 --wincount; | |
1995 if (totwincount == 0) | |
1996 new_size = room; | |
1997 else | |
1998 new_size = (wincount * room + ((unsigned)totwincount >> 1)) | |
1999 / totwincount; | |
2000 if (hnc) /* add next_curwin size */ | |
2001 { | |
2002 next_curwin_size -= p_wh - (m - n); | |
2003 new_size += next_curwin_size; | |
2004 room -= new_size - next_curwin_size; | |
2005 } | |
2006 else | |
2007 room -= new_size; | |
2008 new_size += n; | |
2009 } | |
2010 /* Skip frame that is full width when splitting or closing a | |
2011 * window, unless equalizing all frames. */ | |
2012 if (!current || dir != 'h' || topfr->fr_parent != NULL | |
2013 || (new_size != fr->fr_height) | |
2014 || frame_has_win(fr, next_curwin)) | |
2015 win_equal_rec(next_curwin, current, fr, dir, col, row, | |
2016 width, new_size); | |
2017 row += new_size; | |
2018 height -= new_size; | |
2019 totwincount -= wincount; | |
2020 } | |
2021 } | |
2022 } | |
2023 | |
2024 /* | |
2025 * close all windows for buffer 'buf' | |
2026 */ | |
2027 void | |
671 | 2028 close_windows(buf, keep_curwin) |
7 | 2029 buf_T *buf; |
671 | 2030 int keep_curwin; /* don't close "curwin" */ |
7 | 2031 { |
671 | 2032 win_T *wp; |
2033 tabpage_T *tp, *nexttp; | |
685 | 2034 int h = tabline_height(); |
7 | 2035 |
2036 ++RedrawingDisabled; | |
671 | 2037 |
2038 for (wp = firstwin; wp != NULL && lastwin != firstwin; ) | |
7 | 2039 { |
3570 | 2040 if (wp->w_buffer == buf && (!keep_curwin || wp != curwin) |
2041 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD | |
2042 && !(wp->w_closing || wp->w_buffer->b_closing) | |
2043 #endif | |
2044 ) | |
7 | 2045 { |
671 | 2046 win_close(wp, FALSE); |
2047 | |
2048 /* Start all over, autocommands may change the window layout. */ | |
2049 wp = firstwin; | |
7 | 2050 } |
2051 else | |
671 | 2052 wp = wp->w_next; |
7 | 2053 } |
671 | 2054 |
2055 /* Also check windows in other tab pages. */ | |
2056 for (tp = first_tabpage; tp != NULL; tp = nexttp) | |
2057 { | |
2058 nexttp = tp->tp_next; | |
672 | 2059 if (tp != curtab) |
671 | 2060 for (wp = tp->tp_firstwin; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next) |
3570 | 2061 if (wp->w_buffer == buf |
2062 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD | |
2063 && !(wp->w_closing || wp->w_buffer->b_closing) | |
2064 #endif | |
2065 ) | |
671 | 2066 { |
2067 win_close_othertab(wp, FALSE, tp); | |
2068 | |
2069 /* Start all over, the tab page may be closed and | |
2070 * autocommands may change the window layout. */ | |
2071 nexttp = first_tabpage; | |
2072 break; | |
2073 } | |
2074 } | |
2075 | |
7 | 2076 --RedrawingDisabled; |
671 | 2077 |
4305 | 2078 redraw_tabline = TRUE; |
685 | 2079 if (h != tabline_height()) |
671 | 2080 shell_new_rows(); |
7 | 2081 } |
2082 | |
2083 /* | |
1906 | 2084 * Return TRUE if the current window is the only window that exists (ignoring |
2085 * "aucmd_win"). | |
672 | 2086 * Returns FALSE if there is a window, possibly in another tab page. |
667 | 2087 */ |
672 | 2088 static int |
667 | 2089 last_window() |
2090 { | |
1906 | 2091 return (one_window() && first_tabpage->tp_next == NULL); |
2092 } | |
2093 | |
2094 /* | |
2095 * Return TRUE if there is only one window other than "aucmd_win" in the | |
2096 * current tab page. | |
2097 */ | |
3365 | 2098 int |
1906 | 2099 one_window() |
2100 { | |
2101 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD | |
2102 win_T *wp; | |
2103 int seen_one = FALSE; | |
2104 | |
2105 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) | |
2106 { | |
2107 if (wp != aucmd_win) | |
2108 { | |
2109 if (seen_one) | |
2110 return FALSE; | |
2111 seen_one = TRUE; | |
2112 } | |
2113 } | |
2114 return TRUE; | |
2115 #else | |
2116 return firstwin == lastwin; | |
2117 #endif | |
667 | 2118 } |
2119 | |
2120 /* | |
3535 | 2121 * Close the possibly last window in a tab page. |
2122 * Returns TRUE when the window was closed already. | |
2123 */ | |
2124 static int | |
2125 close_last_window_tabpage(win, free_buf, prev_curtab) | |
2126 win_T *win; | |
2127 int free_buf; | |
2128 tabpage_T *prev_curtab; | |
2129 { | |
2130 if (firstwin == lastwin) | |
2131 { | |
4423 | 2132 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
4354 | 2133 buf_T *old_curbuf = curbuf; |
4423 | 2134 #endif |
4354 | 2135 |
3535 | 2136 /* |
2137 * Closing the last window in a tab page. First go to another tab | |
2138 * page and then close the window and the tab page. This avoids that | |
2139 * curwin and curtab are invalid while we are freeing memory, they may | |
2140 * be used in GUI events. | |
3582 | 2141 * Don't trigger autocommands yet, they may use wrong values, so do |
2142 * that below. | |
3535 | 2143 */ |
4354 | 2144 goto_tabpage_tp(alt_tabpage(), FALSE, TRUE); |
3535 | 2145 redraw_tabline = TRUE; |
2146 | |
2147 /* Safety check: Autocommands may have closed the window when jumping | |
2148 * to the other tab page. */ | |
2149 if (valid_tabpage(prev_curtab) && prev_curtab->tp_firstwin == win) | |
2150 { | |
2151 int h = tabline_height(); | |
2152 | |
2153 win_close_othertab(win, free_buf, prev_curtab); | |
2154 if (h != tabline_height()) | |
2155 shell_new_rows(); | |
2156 } | |
3582 | 2157 /* Since goto_tabpage_tp above did not trigger *Enter autocommands, do |
2158 * that now. */ | |
2159 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD | |
4354 | 2160 apply_autocmds(EVENT_WINENTER, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); |
3582 | 2161 apply_autocmds(EVENT_TABENTER, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); |
4354 | 2162 if (old_curbuf != curbuf) |
2163 apply_autocmds(EVENT_BUFENTER, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); | |
3582 | 2164 #endif |
3535 | 2165 return TRUE; |
2166 } | |
2167 return FALSE; | |
2168 } | |
2169 | |
2170 /* | |
819 | 2171 * Close window "win". Only works for the current tab page. |
7 | 2172 * If "free_buf" is TRUE related buffer may be unloaded. |
2173 * | |
3365 | 2174 * Called by :quit, :close, :xit, :wq and findtag(). |
7 | 2175 */ |
2176 void | |
2177 win_close(win, free_buf) | |
2178 win_T *win; | |
2179 int free_buf; | |
2180 { | |
2181 win_T *wp; | |
2182 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD | |
2183 int other_buffer = FALSE; | |
2184 #endif | |
2185 int close_curwin = FALSE; | |
2186 int dir; | |
2187 int help_window = FALSE; | |
847 | 2188 tabpage_T *prev_curtab = curtab; |
7 | 2189 |
667 | 2190 if (last_window()) |
7 | 2191 { |
2192 EMSG(_("E444: Cannot close last window")); | |
2193 return; | |
2194 } | |
2195 | |
1906 | 2196 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
3656 | 2197 if (win->w_closing || (win->w_buffer != NULL && win->w_buffer->b_closing)) |
3570 | 2198 return; /* window is already being closed */ |
1906 | 2199 if (win == aucmd_win) |
2200 { | |
2201 EMSG(_("E813: Cannot close autocmd window")); | |
2202 return; | |
2203 } | |
2204 if ((firstwin == aucmd_win || lastwin == aucmd_win) && one_window()) | |
2205 { | |
2206 EMSG(_("E814: Cannot close window, only autocmd window would remain")); | |
2207 return; | |
2208 } | |
2209 #endif | |
2210 | |
3535 | 2211 /* When closing the last window in a tab page first go to another tab page |
2212 * and then close the window and the tab page to avoid that curwin and | |
2213 * curtab are invalid while we are freeing memory. */ | |
2214 if (close_last_window_tabpage(win, free_buf, prev_curtab)) | |
2215 return; | |
856 | 2216 |
7 | 2217 /* When closing the help window, try restoring a snapshot after closing |
2218 * the window. Otherwise clear the snapshot, it's now invalid. */ | |
3242 | 2219 if (win->w_buffer != NULL && win->w_buffer->b_help) |
7 | 2220 help_window = TRUE; |
2221 else | |
1906 | 2222 clear_snapshot(curtab, SNAP_HELP_IDX); |
7 | 2223 |
2224 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD | |
2225 if (win == curwin) | |
2226 { | |
2227 /* | |
2228 * Guess which window is going to be the new current window. | |
2229 * This may change because of the autocommands (sigh). | |
2230 */ | |
671 | 2231 wp = frame2win(win_altframe(win, NULL)); |
7 | 2232 |
2233 /* | |
3570 | 2234 * Be careful: If autocommands delete the window or cause this window |
2235 * to be the last one left, return now. | |
7 | 2236 */ |
2237 if (wp->w_buffer != curbuf) | |
2238 { | |
2239 other_buffer = TRUE; | |
3570 | 2240 win->w_closing = TRUE; |
7 | 2241 apply_autocmds(EVENT_BUFLEAVE, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); |
3570 | 2242 if (!win_valid(win)) |
2243 return; | |
2244 win->w_closing = FALSE; | |
2245 if (last_window()) | |
7 | 2246 return; |
2247 } | |
3570 | 2248 win->w_closing = TRUE; |
7 | 2249 apply_autocmds(EVENT_WINLEAVE, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); |
3570 | 2250 if (!win_valid(win)) |
2251 return; | |
2252 win->w_closing = FALSE; | |
2253 if (last_window()) | |
7 | 2254 return; |
2255 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
2256 /* autocmds may abort script processing */ | |
2257 if (aborting()) | |
2258 return; | |
2259 # endif | |
2260 } | |
2261 #endif | |
2262 | |
1101 | 2263 #ifdef FEAT_GUI |
2264 /* Avoid trouble with scrollbars that are going to be deleted in | |
2265 * win_free(). */ | |
2266 if (gui.in_use) | |
2267 out_flush(); | |
2268 #endif | |
2269 | |
3068 | 2270 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL |
2271 /* Free independent synblock before the buffer is freed. */ | |
3242 | 2272 if (win->w_buffer != NULL) |
2273 reset_synblock(win); | |
3068 | 2274 #endif |
2275 | |
7 | 2276 /* |
2277 * Close the link to the buffer. | |
2278 */ | |
3242 | 2279 if (win->w_buffer != NULL) |
3570 | 2280 { |
2281 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD | |
2282 win->w_closing = TRUE; | |
2283 #endif | |
3768 | 2284 close_buffer(win, win->w_buffer, free_buf ? DOBUF_UNLOAD : 0, TRUE); |
3570 | 2285 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
2286 if (win_valid(win)) | |
2287 win->w_closing = FALSE; | |
2288 #endif | |
2289 } | |
847 | 2290 |
4021 | 2291 if (only_one_window() && win_valid(win) && win->w_buffer == NULL |
2292 && (last_window() || curtab != prev_curtab | |
2293 || close_last_window_tabpage(win, free_buf, prev_curtab))) | |
2294 /* Autocommands have close all windows, quit now. */ | |
2295 getout(0); | |
2296 | |
7 | 2297 /* Autocommands may have closed the window already, or closed the only |
847 | 2298 * other window or moved to another tab page. */ |
4021 | 2299 else if (!win_valid(win) || last_window() || curtab != prev_curtab |
3535 | 2300 || close_last_window_tabpage(win, free_buf, prev_curtab)) |
7 | 2301 return; |
2302 | |
3068 | 2303 /* Free the memory used for the window and get the window that received |
2304 * the screen space. */ | |
847 | 2305 wp = win_free_mem(win, &dir, NULL); |
2306 | |
7 | 2307 /* Make sure curwin isn't invalid. It can cause severe trouble when |
2308 * printing an error message. For win_equal() curbuf needs to be valid | |
2309 * too. */ | |
847 | 2310 if (win == curwin) |
7 | 2311 { |
2312 curwin = wp; | |
2313 #ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX | |
2314 if (wp->w_p_pvw || bt_quickfix(wp->w_buffer)) | |
2315 { | |
2316 /* | |
1346 | 2317 * If the cursor goes to the preview or the quickfix window, try |
7 | 2318 * finding another window to go to. |
2319 */ | |
2320 for (;;) | |
2321 { | |
2322 if (wp->w_next == NULL) | |
2323 wp = firstwin; | |
2324 else | |
2325 wp = wp->w_next; | |
2326 if (wp == curwin) | |
2327 break; | |
2328 if (!wp->w_p_pvw && !bt_quickfix(wp->w_buffer)) | |
2329 { | |
2330 curwin = wp; | |
2331 break; | |
2332 } | |
2333 } | |
2334 } | |
2335 #endif | |
2336 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer; | |
2337 close_curwin = TRUE; | |
2338 } | |
36 | 2339 if (p_ea |
2340 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
2341 && (*p_ead == 'b' || *p_ead == dir) | |
2342 #endif | |
2343 ) | |
7 | 2344 win_equal(curwin, TRUE, |
2345 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
2346 dir | |
2347 #else | |
2348 0 | |
2349 #endif | |
2350 ); | |
2351 else | |
2352 win_comp_pos(); | |
2353 if (close_curwin) | |
2354 { | |
4354 | 2355 win_enter_ext(wp, FALSE, TRUE, TRUE, TRUE); |
7 | 2356 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
2357 if (other_buffer) | |
2358 /* careful: after this wp and win may be invalid! */ | |
2359 apply_autocmds(EVENT_BUFENTER, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); | |
2360 #endif | |
2361 } | |
2362 | |
2363 /* | |
667 | 2364 * If last window has a status line now and we don't want one, |
2365 * remove the status line. | |
7 | 2366 */ |
2367 last_status(FALSE); | |
2368 | |
2369 /* After closing the help window, try restoring the window layout from | |
2370 * before it was opened. */ | |
2371 if (help_window) | |
1906 | 2372 restore_snapshot(SNAP_HELP_IDX, close_curwin); |
7 | 2373 |
2374 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(FEAT_VERTSPLIT) | |
2375 /* When 'guioptions' includes 'L' or 'R' may have to remove scrollbars. */ | |
2376 if (gui.in_use && !win_hasvertsplit()) | |
2377 gui_init_which_components(NULL); | |
2378 #endif | |
2379 | |
2380 redraw_all_later(NOT_VALID); | |
2381 } | |
2382 | |
2383 /* | |
671 | 2384 * Close window "win" in tab page "tp", which is not the current tab page. |
3535 | 2385 * This may be the last window in that tab page and result in closing the tab, |
671 | 2386 * thus "tp" may become invalid! |
856 | 2387 * Caller must check if buffer is hidden and whether the tabline needs to be |
2388 * updated. | |
671 | 2389 */ |
2390 void | |
2391 win_close_othertab(win, free_buf, tp) | |
2392 win_T *win; | |
2393 int free_buf; | |
2394 tabpage_T *tp; | |
2395 { | |
2396 win_T *wp; | |
2397 int dir; | |
2398 tabpage_T *ptp = NULL; | |
2191 | 2399 int free_tp = FALSE; |
671 | 2400 |
3570 | 2401 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
2402 if (win->w_closing || win->w_buffer->b_closing) | |
2403 return; /* window is already being closed */ | |
2404 #endif | |
2405 | |
671 | 2406 /* Close the link to the buffer. */ |
3365 | 2407 close_buffer(win, win->w_buffer, free_buf ? DOBUF_UNLOAD : 0, FALSE); |
671 | 2408 |
2409 /* Careful: Autocommands may have closed the tab page or made it the | |
2410 * current tab page. */ | |
2411 for (ptp = first_tabpage; ptp != NULL && ptp != tp; ptp = ptp->tp_next) | |
2412 ; | |
672 | 2413 if (ptp == NULL || tp == curtab) |
671 | 2414 return; |
2415 | |
2416 /* Autocommands may have closed the window already. */ | |
2417 for (wp = tp->tp_firstwin; wp != NULL && wp != win; wp = wp->w_next) | |
2418 ; | |
2419 if (wp == NULL) | |
2420 return; | |
2421 | |
2422 /* When closing the last window in a tab page remove the tab page. */ | |
2191 | 2423 if (tp == NULL ? firstwin == lastwin : tp->tp_firstwin == tp->tp_lastwin) |
671 | 2424 { |
2425 if (tp == first_tabpage) | |
2426 first_tabpage = tp->tp_next; | |
2427 else | |
2428 { | |
2429 for (ptp = first_tabpage; ptp != NULL && ptp->tp_next != tp; | |
2430 ptp = ptp->tp_next) | |
2431 ; | |
2432 if (ptp == NULL) | |
2433 { | |
2434 EMSG2(_(e_intern2), "win_close_othertab()"); | |
2435 return; | |
2436 } | |
2437 ptp->tp_next = tp->tp_next; | |
2438 } | |
2191 | 2439 free_tp = TRUE; |
2440 } | |
2441 | |
2442 /* Free the memory used for the window. */ | |
2443 win_free_mem(win, &dir, tp); | |
2444 | |
2445 if (free_tp) | |
847 | 2446 free_tabpage(tp); |
671 | 2447 } |
2448 | |
2449 /* | |
355 | 2450 * Free the memory used for a window. |
2451 * Returns a pointer to the window that got the freed up space. | |
2452 */ | |
2453 static win_T * | |
671 | 2454 win_free_mem(win, dirp, tp) |
355 | 2455 win_T *win; |
2456 int *dirp; /* set to 'v' or 'h' for direction if 'ea' */ | |
671 | 2457 tabpage_T *tp; /* tab page "win" is in, NULL for current */ |
355 | 2458 { |
2459 frame_T *frp; | |
2460 win_T *wp; | |
2461 | |
667 | 2462 /* Remove the window and its frame from the tree of frames. */ |
355 | 2463 frp = win->w_frame; |
671 | 2464 wp = winframe_remove(win, dirp, tp); |
355 | 2465 vim_free(frp); |
671 | 2466 win_free(win, tp); |
355 | 2467 |
819 | 2468 /* When deleting the current window of another tab page select a new |
2469 * current window. */ | |
2470 if (tp != NULL && win == tp->tp_curwin) | |
2471 tp->tp_curwin = wp; | |
2472 | |
355 | 2473 return wp; |
2474 } | |
2475 | |
2476 #if defined(EXITFREE) || defined(PROTO) | |
2477 void | |
2478 win_free_all() | |
2479 { | |
2480 int dummy; | |
2481 | |
671 | 2482 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
2483 while (first_tabpage->tp_next != NULL) | |
2484 tabpage_close(TRUE); | |
2485 # endif | |
2486 | |
1906 | 2487 # ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
2488 if (aucmd_win != NULL) | |
2489 { | |
2490 (void)win_free_mem(aucmd_win, &dummy, NULL); | |
2491 aucmd_win = NULL; | |
2492 } | |
2493 # endif | |
1918 | 2494 |
2495 while (firstwin != NULL) | |
2496 (void)win_free_mem(firstwin, &dummy, NULL); | |
355 | 2497 } |
2498 #endif | |
2499 | |
2500 /* | |
7 | 2501 * Remove a window and its frame from the tree of frames. |
2502 * Returns a pointer to the window that got the freed up space. | |
2503 */ | |
1906 | 2504 win_T * |
671 | 2505 winframe_remove(win, dirp, tp) |
7 | 2506 win_T *win; |
1887 | 2507 int *dirp UNUSED; /* set to 'v' or 'h' for direction if 'ea' */ |
671 | 2508 tabpage_T *tp; /* tab page "win" is in, NULL for current */ |
7 | 2509 { |
2510 frame_T *frp, *frp2, *frp3; | |
2511 frame_T *frp_close = win->w_frame; | |
2512 win_T *wp; | |
2513 | |
2514 /* | |
671 | 2515 * If there is only one window there is nothing to remove. |
2516 */ | |
2517 if (tp == NULL ? firstwin == lastwin : tp->tp_firstwin == tp->tp_lastwin) | |
2518 return NULL; | |
2519 | |
2520 /* | |
7 | 2521 * Remove the window from its frame. |
2522 */ | |
671 | 2523 frp2 = win_altframe(win, tp); |
7 | 2524 wp = frame2win(frp2); |
2525 | |
2526 /* Remove this frame from the list of frames. */ | |
2527 frame_remove(frp_close); | |
2528 | |
2529 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
2530 if (frp_close->fr_parent->fr_layout == FR_COL) | |
2531 { | |
2532 #endif | |
1346 | 2533 /* When 'winfixheight' is set, try to find another frame in the column |
2534 * (as close to the closed frame as possible) to distribute the height | |
2535 * to. */ | |
2536 if (frp2->fr_win != NULL && frp2->fr_win->w_p_wfh) | |
2537 { | |
2538 frp = frp_close->fr_prev; | |
2539 frp3 = frp_close->fr_next; | |
2540 while (frp != NULL || frp3 != NULL) | |
2541 { | |
2542 if (frp != NULL) | |
2543 { | |
2544 if (frp->fr_win != NULL && !frp->fr_win->w_p_wfh) | |
2545 { | |
2546 frp2 = frp; | |
2547 wp = frp->fr_win; | |
2548 break; | |
2549 } | |
2550 frp = frp->fr_prev; | |
2551 } | |
2552 if (frp3 != NULL) | |
2553 { | |
2554 if (frp3->fr_win != NULL && !frp3->fr_win->w_p_wfh) | |
2555 { | |
2556 frp2 = frp3; | |
2557 wp = frp3->fr_win; | |
2558 break; | |
2559 } | |
2560 frp3 = frp3->fr_next; | |
2561 } | |
2562 } | |
2563 } | |
7 | 2564 frame_new_height(frp2, frp2->fr_height + frp_close->fr_height, |
2565 frp2 == frp_close->fr_next ? TRUE : FALSE, FALSE); | |
2566 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
2567 *dirp = 'v'; | |
2568 } | |
2569 else | |
2570 { | |
1346 | 2571 /* When 'winfixwidth' is set, try to find another frame in the column |
2572 * (as close to the closed frame as possible) to distribute the width | |
2573 * to. */ | |
2574 if (frp2->fr_win != NULL && frp2->fr_win->w_p_wfw) | |
2575 { | |
2576 frp = frp_close->fr_prev; | |
2577 frp3 = frp_close->fr_next; | |
2578 while (frp != NULL || frp3 != NULL) | |
2579 { | |
2580 if (frp != NULL) | |
2581 { | |
2582 if (frp->fr_win != NULL && !frp->fr_win->w_p_wfw) | |
2583 { | |
2584 frp2 = frp; | |
2585 wp = frp->fr_win; | |
2586 break; | |
2587 } | |
2588 frp = frp->fr_prev; | |
2589 } | |
2590 if (frp3 != NULL) | |
2591 { | |
2592 if (frp3->fr_win != NULL && !frp3->fr_win->w_p_wfw) | |
2593 { | |
2594 frp2 = frp3; | |
2595 wp = frp3->fr_win; | |
2596 break; | |
2597 } | |
2598 frp3 = frp3->fr_next; | |
2599 } | |
2600 } | |
2601 } | |
7 | 2602 frame_new_width(frp2, frp2->fr_width + frp_close->fr_width, |
779 | 2603 frp2 == frp_close->fr_next ? TRUE : FALSE, FALSE); |
7 | 2604 *dirp = 'h'; |
2605 } | |
2606 #endif | |
2607 | |
2608 /* If rows/columns go to a window below/right its positions need to be | |
2609 * updated. Can only be done after the sizes have been updated. */ | |
2610 if (frp2 == frp_close->fr_next) | |
2611 { | |
2612 int row = win->w_winrow; | |
2613 int col = W_WINCOL(win); | |
2614 | |
2615 frame_comp_pos(frp2, &row, &col); | |
2616 } | |
2617 | |
2618 if (frp2->fr_next == NULL && frp2->fr_prev == NULL) | |
2619 { | |
2620 /* There is no other frame in this list, move its info to the parent | |
2621 * and remove it. */ | |
2622 frp2->fr_parent->fr_layout = frp2->fr_layout; | |
2623 frp2->fr_parent->fr_child = frp2->fr_child; | |
2624 for (frp = frp2->fr_child; frp != NULL; frp = frp->fr_next) | |
2625 frp->fr_parent = frp2->fr_parent; | |
2626 frp2->fr_parent->fr_win = frp2->fr_win; | |
2627 if (frp2->fr_win != NULL) | |
2628 frp2->fr_win->w_frame = frp2->fr_parent; | |
2629 frp = frp2->fr_parent; | |
2630 vim_free(frp2); | |
2631 | |
2632 frp2 = frp->fr_parent; | |
2633 if (frp2 != NULL && frp2->fr_layout == frp->fr_layout) | |
2634 { | |
2635 /* The frame above the parent has the same layout, have to merge | |
2636 * the frames into this list. */ | |
2637 if (frp2->fr_child == frp) | |
2638 frp2->fr_child = frp->fr_child; | |
2639 frp->fr_child->fr_prev = frp->fr_prev; | |
2640 if (frp->fr_prev != NULL) | |
2641 frp->fr_prev->fr_next = frp->fr_child; | |
2642 for (frp3 = frp->fr_child; ; frp3 = frp3->fr_next) | |
2643 { | |
2644 frp3->fr_parent = frp2; | |
2645 if (frp3->fr_next == NULL) | |
2646 { | |
2647 frp3->fr_next = frp->fr_next; | |
2648 if (frp->fr_next != NULL) | |
2649 frp->fr_next->fr_prev = frp3; | |
2650 break; | |
2651 } | |
2652 } | |
2653 vim_free(frp); | |
2654 } | |
2655 } | |
2656 | |
2657 return wp; | |
2658 } | |
2659 | |
2660 /* | |
2661 * Find out which frame is going to get the freed up space when "win" is | |
2662 * closed. | |
2663 * if 'splitbelow'/'splitleft' the space goes to the window above/left. | |
2664 * if 'nosplitbelow'/'nosplitleft' the space goes to the window below/right. | |
2665 * This makes opening a window and closing it immediately keep the same window | |
2666 * layout. | |
2667 */ | |
2668 static frame_T * | |
671 | 2669 win_altframe(win, tp) |
7 | 2670 win_T *win; |
671 | 2671 tabpage_T *tp; /* tab page "win" is in, NULL for current */ |
7 | 2672 { |
2673 frame_T *frp; | |
2674 int b; | |
2675 | |
671 | 2676 if (tp == NULL ? firstwin == lastwin : tp->tp_firstwin == tp->tp_lastwin) |
667 | 2677 /* Last window in this tab page, will go to next tab page. */ |
2678 return alt_tabpage()->tp_curwin->w_frame; | |
2679 | |
7 | 2680 frp = win->w_frame; |
2681 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
355 | 2682 if (frp->fr_parent != NULL && frp->fr_parent->fr_layout == FR_ROW) |
7 | 2683 b = p_spr; |
2684 else | |
2685 #endif | |
2686 b = p_sb; | |
2687 if ((!b && frp->fr_next != NULL) || frp->fr_prev == NULL) | |
2688 return frp->fr_next; | |
2689 return frp->fr_prev; | |
2690 } | |
2691 | |
2692 /* | |
667 | 2693 * Return the tabpage that will be used if the current one is closed. |
2694 */ | |
2695 static tabpage_T * | |
2696 alt_tabpage() | |
2697 { | |
672 | 2698 tabpage_T *tp; |
2699 | |
682 | 2700 /* Use the next tab page if possible. */ |
2701 if (curtab->tp_next != NULL) | |
672 | 2702 return curtab->tp_next; |
2703 | |
682 | 2704 /* Find the last but one tab page. */ |
2705 for (tp = first_tabpage; tp->tp_next != curtab; tp = tp->tp_next) | |
2706 ; | |
674 | 2707 return tp; |
667 | 2708 } |
2709 | |
2710 /* | |
7 | 2711 * Find the left-upper window in frame "frp". |
2712 */ | |
2713 static win_T * | |
2714 frame2win(frp) | |
2715 frame_T *frp; | |
2716 { | |
2717 while (frp->fr_win == NULL) | |
2718 frp = frp->fr_child; | |
2719 return frp->fr_win; | |
2720 } | |
2721 | |
2722 /* | |
2723 * Return TRUE if frame "frp" contains window "wp". | |
2724 */ | |
2725 static int | |
2726 frame_has_win(frp, wp) | |
2727 frame_T *frp; | |
2728 win_T *wp; | |
2729 { | |
2730 frame_T *p; | |
2731 | |
2732 if (frp->fr_layout == FR_LEAF) | |
2733 return frp->fr_win == wp; | |
2734 | |
2735 for (p = frp->fr_child; p != NULL; p = p->fr_next) | |
2736 if (frame_has_win(p, wp)) | |
2737 return TRUE; | |
2738 return FALSE; | |
2739 } | |
2740 | |
2741 /* | |
2742 * Set a new height for a frame. Recursively sets the height for contained | |
2743 * frames and windows. Caller must take care of positions. | |
2744 */ | |
2745 static void | |
2746 frame_new_height(topfrp, height, topfirst, wfh) | |
2747 frame_T *topfrp; | |
2748 int height; | |
2749 int topfirst; /* resize topmost contained frame first */ | |
2750 int wfh; /* obey 'winfixheight' when there is a choice; | |
2751 may cause the height not to be set */ | |
2752 { | |
2753 frame_T *frp; | |
2754 int extra_lines; | |
2755 int h; | |
2756 | |
2757 if (topfrp->fr_win != NULL) | |
2758 { | |
2759 /* Simple case: just one window. */ | |
2760 win_new_height(topfrp->fr_win, | |
2761 height - topfrp->fr_win->w_status_height); | |
2762 } | |
2763 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
2764 else if (topfrp->fr_layout == FR_ROW) | |
2765 { | |
2766 do | |
2767 { | |
2768 /* All frames in this row get the same new height. */ | |
2769 for (frp = topfrp->fr_child; frp != NULL; frp = frp->fr_next) | |
2770 { | |
2771 frame_new_height(frp, height, topfirst, wfh); | |
2772 if (frp->fr_height > height) | |
2773 { | |
2774 /* Could not fit the windows, make the whole row higher. */ | |
2775 height = frp->fr_height; | |
2776 break; | |
2777 } | |
2778 } | |
2779 } | |
2780 while (frp != NULL); | |
2781 } | |
2782 #endif | |
779 | 2783 else /* fr_layout == FR_COL */ |
7 | 2784 { |
2785 /* Complicated case: Resize a column of frames. Resize the bottom | |
2786 * frame first, frames above that when needed. */ | |
2787 | |
2788 frp = topfrp->fr_child; | |
2789 if (wfh) | |
2790 /* Advance past frames with one window with 'wfh' set. */ | |
2791 while (frame_fixed_height(frp)) | |
2792 { | |
2793 frp = frp->fr_next; | |
2794 if (frp == NULL) | |
2795 return; /* no frame without 'wfh', give up */ | |
2796 } | |
2797 if (!topfirst) | |
2798 { | |
2799 /* Find the bottom frame of this column */ | |
2800 while (frp->fr_next != NULL) | |
2801 frp = frp->fr_next; | |
2802 if (wfh) | |
2803 /* Advance back for frames with one window with 'wfh' set. */ | |
2804 while (frame_fixed_height(frp)) | |
2805 frp = frp->fr_prev; | |
2806 } | |
2807 | |
2808 extra_lines = height - topfrp->fr_height; | |
2809 if (extra_lines < 0) | |
2810 { | |
2811 /* reduce height of contained frames, bottom or top frame first */ | |
2812 while (frp != NULL) | |
2813 { | |
2814 h = frame_minheight(frp, NULL); | |
2815 if (frp->fr_height + extra_lines < h) | |
2816 { | |
2817 extra_lines += frp->fr_height - h; | |
2818 frame_new_height(frp, h, topfirst, wfh); | |
2819 } | |
2820 else | |
2821 { | |
2822 frame_new_height(frp, frp->fr_height + extra_lines, | |
2823 topfirst, wfh); | |
2824 break; | |
2825 } | |
2826 if (topfirst) | |
2827 { | |
2828 do | |
2829 frp = frp->fr_next; | |
2830 while (wfh && frp != NULL && frame_fixed_height(frp)); | |
2831 } | |
2832 else | |
2833 { | |
2834 do | |
2835 frp = frp->fr_prev; | |
2836 while (wfh && frp != NULL && frame_fixed_height(frp)); | |
2837 } | |
2838 /* Increase "height" if we could not reduce enough frames. */ | |
2839 if (frp == NULL) | |
2840 height -= extra_lines; | |
2841 } | |
2842 } | |
2843 else if (extra_lines > 0) | |
2844 { | |
2845 /* increase height of bottom or top frame */ | |
2846 frame_new_height(frp, frp->fr_height + extra_lines, topfirst, wfh); | |
2847 } | |
2848 } | |
2849 topfrp->fr_height = height; | |
2850 } | |
2851 | |
2852 /* | |
2853 * Return TRUE if height of frame "frp" should not be changed because of | |
2854 * the 'winfixheight' option. | |
2855 */ | |
2856 static int | |
2857 frame_fixed_height(frp) | |
2858 frame_T *frp; | |
2859 { | |
2860 /* frame with one window: fixed height if 'winfixheight' set. */ | |
2861 if (frp->fr_win != NULL) | |
2862 return frp->fr_win->w_p_wfh; | |
2863 | |
2864 if (frp->fr_layout == FR_ROW) | |
2865 { | |
2866 /* The frame is fixed height if one of the frames in the row is fixed | |
2867 * height. */ | |
2868 for (frp = frp->fr_child; frp != NULL; frp = frp->fr_next) | |
2869 if (frame_fixed_height(frp)) | |
2870 return TRUE; | |
2871 return FALSE; | |
2872 } | |
2873 | |
2874 /* frp->fr_layout == FR_COL: The frame is fixed height if all of the | |
2875 * frames in the row are fixed height. */ | |
2876 for (frp = frp->fr_child; frp != NULL; frp = frp->fr_next) | |
2877 if (!frame_fixed_height(frp)) | |
2878 return FALSE; | |
2879 return TRUE; | |
2880 } | |
2881 | |
2882 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
2883 /* | |
779 | 2884 * Return TRUE if width of frame "frp" should not be changed because of |
2885 * the 'winfixwidth' option. | |
2886 */ | |
2887 static int | |
2888 frame_fixed_width(frp) | |
2889 frame_T *frp; | |
2890 { | |
2891 /* frame with one window: fixed width if 'winfixwidth' set. */ | |
2892 if (frp->fr_win != NULL) | |
2893 return frp->fr_win->w_p_wfw; | |
2894 | |
2895 if (frp->fr_layout == FR_COL) | |
2896 { | |
2897 /* The frame is fixed width if one of the frames in the row is fixed | |
2898 * width. */ | |
2899 for (frp = frp->fr_child; frp != NULL; frp = frp->fr_next) | |
2900 if (frame_fixed_width(frp)) | |
2901 return TRUE; | |
2902 return FALSE; | |
2903 } | |
2904 | |
2905 /* frp->fr_layout == FR_ROW: The frame is fixed width if all of the | |
2906 * frames in the row are fixed width. */ | |
2907 for (frp = frp->fr_child; frp != NULL; frp = frp->fr_next) | |
2908 if (!frame_fixed_width(frp)) | |
2909 return FALSE; | |
2910 return TRUE; | |
2911 } | |
2912 | |
2913 /* | |
7 | 2914 * Add a status line to windows at the bottom of "frp". |
2915 * Note: Does not check if there is room! | |
2916 */ | |
2917 static void | |
2918 frame_add_statusline(frp) | |
2919 frame_T *frp; | |
2920 { | |
2921 win_T *wp; | |
2922 | |
2923 if (frp->fr_layout == FR_LEAF) | |
2924 { | |
2925 wp = frp->fr_win; | |
2926 if (wp->w_status_height == 0) | |
2927 { | |
2928 if (wp->w_height > 0) /* don't make it negative */ | |
2929 --wp->w_height; | |
2930 wp->w_status_height = STATUS_HEIGHT; | |
2931 } | |
2932 } | |
2933 else if (frp->fr_layout == FR_ROW) | |
2934 { | |
2935 /* Handle all the frames in the row. */ | |
2936 for (frp = frp->fr_child; frp != NULL; frp = frp->fr_next) | |
2937 frame_add_statusline(frp); | |
2938 } | |
2939 else /* frp->fr_layout == FR_COL */ | |
2940 { | |
2941 /* Only need to handle the last frame in the column. */ | |
2942 for (frp = frp->fr_child; frp->fr_next != NULL; frp = frp->fr_next) | |
2943 ; | |
2944 frame_add_statusline(frp); | |
2945 } | |
2946 } | |
2947 | |
2948 /* | |
2949 * Set width of a frame. Handles recursively going through contained frames. | |
2950 * May remove separator line for windows at the right side (for win_close()). | |
2951 */ | |
2952 static void | |
779 | 2953 frame_new_width(topfrp, width, leftfirst, wfw) |
7 | 2954 frame_T *topfrp; |
2955 int width; | |
2956 int leftfirst; /* resize leftmost contained frame first */ | |
779 | 2957 int wfw; /* obey 'winfixwidth' when there is a choice; |
2958 may cause the width not to be set */ | |
7 | 2959 { |
2960 frame_T *frp; | |
2961 int extra_cols; | |
2962 int w; | |
2963 win_T *wp; | |
2964 | |
2965 if (topfrp->fr_layout == FR_LEAF) | |
2966 { | |
2967 /* Simple case: just one window. */ | |
2968 wp = topfrp->fr_win; | |
2969 /* Find out if there are any windows right of this one. */ | |
2970 for (frp = topfrp; frp->fr_parent != NULL; frp = frp->fr_parent) | |
2971 if (frp->fr_parent->fr_layout == FR_ROW && frp->fr_next != NULL) | |
2972 break; | |
2973 if (frp->fr_parent == NULL) | |
2974 wp->w_vsep_width = 0; | |
2975 win_new_width(wp, width - wp->w_vsep_width); | |
2976 } | |
2977 else if (topfrp->fr_layout == FR_COL) | |
2978 { | |
779 | 2979 do |
2980 { | |
2981 /* All frames in this column get the same new width. */ | |
2982 for (frp = topfrp->fr_child; frp != NULL; frp = frp->fr_next) | |
2983 { | |
2984 frame_new_width(frp, width, leftfirst, wfw); | |
2985 if (frp->fr_width > width) | |
2986 { | |
2987 /* Could not fit the windows, make whole column wider. */ | |
2988 width = frp->fr_width; | |
2989 break; | |
2990 } | |
2991 } | |
2992 } while (frp != NULL); | |
7 | 2993 } |
2994 else /* fr_layout == FR_ROW */ | |
2995 { | |
2996 /* Complicated case: Resize a row of frames. Resize the rightmost | |
2997 * frame first, frames left of it when needed. */ | |
2998 | |
2999 frp = topfrp->fr_child; | |
779 | 3000 if (wfw) |
3001 /* Advance past frames with one window with 'wfw' set. */ | |
3002 while (frame_fixed_width(frp)) | |
3003 { | |
3004 frp = frp->fr_next; | |
3005 if (frp == NULL) | |
3006 return; /* no frame without 'wfw', give up */ | |
3007 } | |
7 | 3008 if (!leftfirst) |
779 | 3009 { |
3010 /* Find the rightmost frame of this row */ | |
7 | 3011 while (frp->fr_next != NULL) |
3012 frp = frp->fr_next; | |
779 | 3013 if (wfw) |
3014 /* Advance back for frames with one window with 'wfw' set. */ | |
3015 while (frame_fixed_width(frp)) | |
3016 frp = frp->fr_prev; | |
3017 } | |
7 | 3018 |
3019 extra_cols = width - topfrp->fr_width; | |
3020 if (extra_cols < 0) | |
3021 { | |
3022 /* reduce frame width, rightmost frame first */ | |
3023 while (frp != NULL) | |
3024 { | |
3025 w = frame_minwidth(frp, NULL); | |
3026 if (frp->fr_width + extra_cols < w) | |
3027 { | |
3028 extra_cols += frp->fr_width - w; | |
779 | 3029 frame_new_width(frp, w, leftfirst, wfw); |
7 | 3030 } |
3031 else | |
3032 { | |
779 | 3033 frame_new_width(frp, frp->fr_width + extra_cols, |
3034 leftfirst, wfw); | |
7 | 3035 break; |
3036 } | |
3037 if (leftfirst) | |
779 | 3038 { |
3039 do | |
3040 frp = frp->fr_next; | |
3041 while (wfw && frp != NULL && frame_fixed_width(frp)); | |
3042 } | |
7 | 3043 else |
779 | 3044 { |
3045 do | |
3046 frp = frp->fr_prev; | |
3047 while (wfw && frp != NULL && frame_fixed_width(frp)); | |
3048 } | |
3049 /* Increase "width" if we could not reduce enough frames. */ | |
3050 if (frp == NULL) | |
3051 width -= extra_cols; | |
7 | 3052 } |
3053 } | |
3054 else if (extra_cols > 0) | |
3055 { | |
3056 /* increase width of rightmost frame */ | |
779 | 3057 frame_new_width(frp, frp->fr_width + extra_cols, leftfirst, wfw); |
7 | 3058 } |
3059 } | |
3060 topfrp->fr_width = width; | |
3061 } | |
3062 | |
3063 /* | |
3064 * Add the vertical separator to windows at the right side of "frp". | |
3065 * Note: Does not check if there is room! | |
3066 */ | |
3067 static void | |
3068 frame_add_vsep(frp) | |
3069 frame_T *frp; | |
3070 { | |
3071 win_T *wp; | |
3072 | |
3073 if (frp->fr_layout == FR_LEAF) | |
3074 { | |
3075 wp = frp->fr_win; | |
3076 if (wp->w_vsep_width == 0) | |
3077 { | |
3078 if (wp->w_width > 0) /* don't make it negative */ | |
3079 --wp->w_width; | |
3080 wp->w_vsep_width = 1; | |
3081 } | |
3082 } | |
3083 else if (frp->fr_layout == FR_COL) | |
3084 { | |
3085 /* Handle all the frames in the column. */ | |
3086 for (frp = frp->fr_child; frp != NULL; frp = frp->fr_next) | |
3087 frame_add_vsep(frp); | |
3088 } | |
3089 else /* frp->fr_layout == FR_ROW */ | |
3090 { | |
3091 /* Only need to handle the last frame in the row. */ | |
3092 frp = frp->fr_child; | |
3093 while (frp->fr_next != NULL) | |
3094 frp = frp->fr_next; | |
3095 frame_add_vsep(frp); | |
3096 } | |
3097 } | |
3098 | |
3099 /* | |
3100 * Set frame width from the window it contains. | |
3101 */ | |
3102 static void | |
3103 frame_fix_width(wp) | |
3104 win_T *wp; | |
3105 { | |
3106 wp->w_frame->fr_width = wp->w_width + wp->w_vsep_width; | |
3107 } | |
3108 #endif | |
3109 | |
3110 /* | |
3111 * Set frame height from the window it contains. | |
3112 */ | |
3113 static void | |
3114 frame_fix_height(wp) | |
3115 win_T *wp; | |
3116 { | |
3117 wp->w_frame->fr_height = wp->w_height + wp->w_status_height; | |
3118 } | |
3119 | |
3120 /* | |
3121 * Compute the minimal height for frame "topfrp". | |
3122 * Uses the 'winminheight' option. | |
3123 * When "next_curwin" isn't NULL, use p_wh for this window. | |
3124 * When "next_curwin" is NOWIN, don't use at least one line for the current | |
3125 * window. | |
3126 */ | |
3127 static int | |
3128 frame_minheight(topfrp, next_curwin) | |
3129 frame_T *topfrp; | |
3130 win_T *next_curwin; | |
3131 { | |
3132 frame_T *frp; | |
3133 int m; | |
3134 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
3135 int n; | |
3136 #endif | |
3137 | |
3138 if (topfrp->fr_win != NULL) | |
3139 { | |
3140 if (topfrp->fr_win == next_curwin) | |
3141 m = p_wh + topfrp->fr_win->w_status_height; | |
3142 else | |
3143 { | |
3144 /* window: minimal height of the window plus status line */ | |
3145 m = p_wmh + topfrp->fr_win->w_status_height; | |
3146 /* Current window is minimal one line high */ | |
3147 if (p_wmh == 0 && topfrp->fr_win == curwin && next_curwin == NULL) | |
3148 ++m; | |
3149 } | |
3150 } | |
3151 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
3152 else if (topfrp->fr_layout == FR_ROW) | |
3153 { | |
3154 /* get the minimal height from each frame in this row */ | |
3155 m = 0; | |
3156 for (frp = topfrp->fr_child; frp != NULL; frp = frp->fr_next) | |
3157 { | |
3158 n = frame_minheight(frp, next_curwin); | |
3159 if (n > m) | |
3160 m = n; | |
3161 } | |
3162 } | |
3163 #endif | |
3164 else | |
3165 { | |
3166 /* Add up the minimal heights for all frames in this column. */ | |
3167 m = 0; | |
3168 for (frp = topfrp->fr_child; frp != NULL; frp = frp->fr_next) | |
3169 m += frame_minheight(frp, next_curwin); | |
3170 } | |
3171 | |
3172 return m; | |
3173 } | |
3174 | |
3175 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
3176 /* | |
3177 * Compute the minimal width for frame "topfrp". | |
3178 * When "next_curwin" isn't NULL, use p_wiw for this window. | |
3179 * When "next_curwin" is NOWIN, don't use at least one column for the current | |
3180 * window. | |
3181 */ | |
3182 static int | |
3183 frame_minwidth(topfrp, next_curwin) | |
3184 frame_T *topfrp; | |
3185 win_T *next_curwin; /* use p_wh and p_wiw for next_curwin */ | |
3186 { | |
3187 frame_T *frp; | |
3188 int m, n; | |
3189 | |
3190 if (topfrp->fr_win != NULL) | |
3191 { | |
3192 if (topfrp->fr_win == next_curwin) | |
3193 m = p_wiw + topfrp->fr_win->w_vsep_width; | |
3194 else | |
3195 { | |
3196 /* window: minimal width of the window plus separator column */ | |
3197 m = p_wmw + topfrp->fr_win->w_vsep_width; | |
3198 /* Current window is minimal one column wide */ | |
3199 if (p_wmw == 0 && topfrp->fr_win == curwin && next_curwin == NULL) | |
3200 ++m; | |
3201 } | |
3202 } | |
3203 else if (topfrp->fr_layout == FR_COL) | |
3204 { | |
3205 /* get the minimal width from each frame in this column */ | |
3206 m = 0; | |
3207 for (frp = topfrp->fr_child; frp != NULL; frp = frp->fr_next) | |
3208 { | |
3209 n = frame_minwidth(frp, next_curwin); | |
3210 if (n > m) | |
3211 m = n; | |
3212 } | |
3213 } | |
3214 else | |
3215 { | |
3216 /* Add up the minimal widths for all frames in this row. */ | |
3217 m = 0; | |
3218 for (frp = topfrp->fr_child; frp != NULL; frp = frp->fr_next) | |
3219 m += frame_minwidth(frp, next_curwin); | |
3220 } | |
3221 | |
3222 return m; | |
3223 } | |
3224 #endif | |
3225 | |
3226 | |
3227 /* | |
3228 * Try to close all windows except current one. | |
3229 * Buffers in the other windows become hidden if 'hidden' is set, or '!' is | |
3230 * used and the buffer was modified. | |
3231 * | |
3232 * Used by ":bdel" and ":only". | |
3233 */ | |
3234 void | |
3235 close_others(message, forceit) | |
3236 int message; | |
3237 int forceit; /* always hide all other windows */ | |
3238 { | |
3239 win_T *wp; | |
3240 win_T *nextwp; | |
3241 int r; | |
3242 | |
1906 | 3243 if (one_window()) |
7 | 3244 { |
3245 if (message | |
3246 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD | |
3247 && !autocmd_busy | |
3248 #endif | |
3249 ) | |
826 | 3250 MSG(_(m_onlyone)); |
7 | 3251 return; |
3252 } | |
3253 | |
3254 /* Be very careful here: autocommands may change the window layout. */ | |
3255 for (wp = firstwin; win_valid(wp); wp = nextwp) | |
3256 { | |
3257 nextwp = wp->w_next; | |
3258 if (wp != curwin) /* don't close current window */ | |
3259 { | |
3260 | |
3261 /* Check if it's allowed to abandon this window */ | |
3262 r = can_abandon(wp->w_buffer, forceit); | |
3263 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD | |
3264 if (!win_valid(wp)) /* autocommands messed wp up */ | |
3265 { | |
3266 nextwp = firstwin; | |
3267 continue; | |
3268 } | |
3269 #endif | |
3270 if (!r) | |
3271 { | |
3272 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_DIALOG) || defined(FEAT_CON_DIALOG) | |
3273 if (message && (p_confirm || cmdmod.confirm) && p_write) | |
3274 { | |
3275 dialog_changed(wp->w_buffer, FALSE); | |
3276 # ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD | |
3277 if (!win_valid(wp)) /* autocommands messed wp up */ | |
3278 { | |
3279 nextwp = firstwin; | |
3280 continue; | |
3281 } | |
3282 # endif | |
3283 } | |
3284 if (bufIsChanged(wp->w_buffer)) | |
3285 #endif | |
3286 continue; | |
3287 } | |
3288 win_close(wp, !P_HID(wp->w_buffer) && !bufIsChanged(wp->w_buffer)); | |
3289 } | |
3290 } | |
3291 | |
667 | 3292 if (message && lastwin != firstwin) |
7 | 3293 EMSG(_("E445: Other window contains changes")); |
3294 } | |
3295 | |
3296 #endif /* FEAT_WINDOWS */ | |
3297 | |
3298 /* | |
675 | 3299 * Init the current window "curwin". |
3300 * Called when a new file is being edited. | |
7 | 3301 */ |
3302 void | |
675 | 3303 curwin_init() |
7 | 3304 { |
1918 | 3305 win_init_empty(curwin); |
3306 } | |
3307 | |
3308 void | |
3309 win_init_empty(wp) | |
3310 win_T *wp; | |
3311 { | |
3312 redraw_win_later(wp, NOT_VALID); | |
3313 wp->w_lines_valid = 0; | |
3314 wp->w_cursor.lnum = 1; | |
3315 wp->w_curswant = wp->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
7 | 3316 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT |
1918 | 3317 wp->w_cursor.coladd = 0; |
3318 #endif | |
3319 wp->w_pcmark.lnum = 1; /* pcmark not cleared but set to line 1 */ | |
3320 wp->w_pcmark.col = 0; | |
3321 wp->w_prev_pcmark.lnum = 0; | |
3322 wp->w_prev_pcmark.col = 0; | |
3323 wp->w_topline = 1; | |
7 | 3324 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF |
1918 | 3325 wp->w_topfill = 0; |
3326 #endif | |
3327 wp->w_botline = 2; | |
7 | 3328 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP |
1918 | 3329 if (wp->w_p_rl) |
3330 wp->w_farsi = W_CONV + W_R_L; | |
7 | 3331 else |
1918 | 3332 wp->w_farsi = W_CONV; |
7 | 3333 #endif |
3068 | 3334 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL |
3335 wp->w_s = &wp->w_buffer->b_s; | |
3336 #endif | |
7 | 3337 } |
3338 | |
3339 /* | |
3340 * Allocate the first window and put an empty buffer in it. | |
3341 * Called from main(). | |
667 | 3342 * Return FAIL when something goes wrong (out of memory). |
7 | 3343 */ |
667 | 3344 int |
7 | 3345 win_alloc_first() |
3346 { | |
675 | 3347 if (win_alloc_firstwin(NULL) == FAIL) |
667 | 3348 return FAIL; |
3349 | |
3350 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
672 | 3351 first_tabpage = alloc_tabpage(); |
667 | 3352 if (first_tabpage == NULL) |
3353 return FAIL; | |
3354 first_tabpage->tp_topframe = topframe; | |
672 | 3355 curtab = first_tabpage; |
667 | 3356 #endif |
1906 | 3357 |
667 | 3358 return OK; |
3359 } | |
3360 | |
1906 | 3361 #if defined(FEAT_AUTOCMD) || defined(PROTO) |
3362 /* | |
3363 * Init "aucmd_win". This can only be done after the first | |
3364 * window is fully initialized, thus it can't be in win_alloc_first(). | |
3365 */ | |
3366 void | |
3367 win_alloc_aucmd_win() | |
3368 { | |
3369 aucmd_win = win_alloc(NULL, TRUE); | |
3370 if (aucmd_win != NULL) | |
3371 { | |
3372 win_init_some(aucmd_win, curwin); | |
2583 | 3373 RESET_BINDING(aucmd_win); |
1906 | 3374 new_frame(aucmd_win); |
3375 } | |
3376 } | |
3377 #endif | |
3378 | |
667 | 3379 /* |
675 | 3380 * Allocate the first window or the first window in a new tab page. |
3381 * When "oldwin" is NULL create an empty buffer for it. | |
3382 * When "oldwin" is not NULL copy info from it to the new window (only with | |
3383 * FEAT_WINDOWS). | |
667 | 3384 * Return FAIL when something goes wrong (out of memory). |
3385 */ | |
3386 static int | |
675 | 3387 win_alloc_firstwin(oldwin) |
3388 win_T *oldwin; | |
667 | 3389 { |
1906 | 3390 curwin = win_alloc(NULL, FALSE); |
675 | 3391 if (oldwin == NULL) |
3392 { | |
3393 /* Very first window, need to create an empty buffer for it and | |
3394 * initialize from scratch. */ | |
3395 curbuf = buflist_new(NULL, NULL, 1L, BLN_LISTED); | |
3396 if (curwin == NULL || curbuf == NULL) | |
3397 return FAIL; | |
3398 curwin->w_buffer = curbuf; | |
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2201
diff
changeset
|
3399 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2201
diff
changeset
|
3400 curwin->w_s = &(curbuf->b_s); |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2201
diff
changeset
|
3401 #endif |
675 | 3402 curbuf->b_nwindows = 1; /* there is one window */ |
7 | 3403 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
675 | 3404 curwin->w_alist = &global_alist; |
3405 #endif | |
3406 curwin_init(); /* init current window */ | |
3407 } | |
3408 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
3409 else | |
3410 { | |
3411 /* First window in new tab page, initialize it from "oldwin". */ | |
1822 | 3412 win_init(curwin, oldwin, 0); |
675 | 3413 |
2583 | 3414 /* We don't want cursor- and scroll-binding in the first window. */ |
3415 RESET_BINDING(curwin); | |
675 | 3416 } |
3417 #endif | |
7 | 3418 |
1906 | 3419 new_frame(curwin); |
3420 if (curwin->w_frame == NULL) | |
667 | 3421 return FAIL; |
1906 | 3422 topframe = curwin->w_frame; |
7 | 3423 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT |
3424 topframe->fr_width = Columns; | |
3425 #endif | |
3426 topframe->fr_height = Rows - p_ch; | |
3427 topframe->fr_win = curwin; | |
667 | 3428 |
3429 return OK; | |
3430 } | |
3431 | |
3432 /* | |
1906 | 3433 * Create a frame for window "wp". |
3434 */ | |
3435 static void | |
3436 new_frame(win_T *wp) | |
3437 { | |
3438 frame_T *frp = (frame_T *)alloc_clear((unsigned)sizeof(frame_T)); | |
3439 | |
3440 wp->w_frame = frp; | |
3441 if (frp != NULL) | |
3442 { | |
3443 frp->fr_layout = FR_LEAF; | |
3444 frp->fr_win = wp; | |
3445 } | |
3446 } | |
3447 | |
3448 /* | |
667 | 3449 * Initialize the window and frame size to the maximum. |
3450 */ | |
3451 void | |
3452 win_init_size() | |
3453 { | |
3454 firstwin->w_height = ROWS_AVAIL; | |
3455 topframe->fr_height = ROWS_AVAIL; | |
3456 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
3457 firstwin->w_width = Columns; | |
3458 topframe->fr_width = Columns; | |
3459 #endif | |
7 | 3460 } |
3461 | |
3462 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(PROTO) | |
672 | 3463 |
3464 /* | |
3465 * Allocate a new tabpage_T and init the values. | |
3466 * Returns NULL when out of memory. | |
3467 */ | |
3468 static tabpage_T * | |
3469 alloc_tabpage() | |
3470 { | |
3471 tabpage_T *tp; | |
4287 | 3472 # ifdef FEAT_GUI |
3473 int i; | |
3474 # endif | |
3475 | |
672 | 3476 |
3477 tp = (tabpage_T *)alloc_clear((unsigned)sizeof(tabpage_T)); | |
4287 | 3478 if (tp == NULL) |
3479 return NULL; | |
3480 | |
3481 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
3482 /* init t: variables */ | |
3483 tp->tp_vars = dict_alloc(); | |
3484 if (tp->tp_vars == NULL) | |
3485 { | |
3486 vim_free(tp); | |
3487 return NULL; | |
3488 } | |
3489 init_var_dict(tp->tp_vars, &tp->tp_winvar, VAR_SCOPE); | |
3490 # endif | |
3491 | |
788 | 3492 # ifdef FEAT_GUI |
4287 | 3493 for (i = 0; i < 3; i++) |
3494 tp->tp_prev_which_scrollbars[i] = -1; | |
788 | 3495 # endif |
672 | 3496 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF |
4287 | 3497 tp->tp_diff_invalid = TRUE; |
672 | 3498 # endif |
4287 | 3499 tp->tp_ch_used = p_ch; |
3500 | |
672 | 3501 return tp; |
3502 } | |
3503 | |
852 | 3504 void |
672 | 3505 free_tabpage(tp) |
3506 tabpage_T *tp; | |
3507 { | |
1906 | 3508 int idx; |
3509 | |
672 | 3510 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF |
3511 diff_clear(tp); | |
3512 # endif | |
1906 | 3513 for (idx = 0; idx < SNAP_COUNT; ++idx) |
3514 clear_snapshot(tp, idx); | |
819 | 3515 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL |
4287 | 3516 vars_clear(&tp->tp_vars->dv_hashtab); /* free all t: variables */ |
3517 hash_init(&tp->tp_vars->dv_hashtab); | |
3518 unref_var_dict(tp->tp_vars); | |
819 | 3519 #endif |
4401 | 3520 |
3521 #ifdef FEAT_PYTHON | |
3522 python_tabpage_free(tp); | |
3523 #endif | |
3524 | |
3525 #ifdef FEAT_PYTHON3 | |
3526 python3_tabpage_free(tp); | |
3527 #endif | |
3528 | |
672 | 3529 vim_free(tp); |
3530 } | |
3531 | |
667 | 3532 /* |
675 | 3533 * Create a new Tab page with one window. |
3534 * It will edit the current buffer, like after ":split". | |
682 | 3535 * When "after" is 0 put it just after the current Tab page. |
3536 * Otherwise put it just before tab page "after". | |
667 | 3537 * Return FAIL or OK. |
3538 */ | |
3539 int | |
682 | 3540 win_new_tabpage(after) |
3541 int after; | |
667 | 3542 { |
672 | 3543 tabpage_T *tp = curtab; |
667 | 3544 tabpage_T *newtp; |
682 | 3545 int n; |
667 | 3546 |
672 | 3547 newtp = alloc_tabpage(); |
667 | 3548 if (newtp == NULL) |
3549 return FAIL; | |
3550 | |
3551 /* Remember the current windows in this Tab page. */ | |
4354 | 3552 if (leave_tabpage(curbuf, TRUE) == FAIL) |
674 | 3553 { |
3554 vim_free(newtp); | |
3555 return FAIL; | |
3556 } | |
672 | 3557 curtab = newtp; |
667 | 3558 |
3559 /* Create a new empty window. */ | |
675 | 3560 if (win_alloc_firstwin(tp->tp_curwin) == OK) |
667 | 3561 { |
3562 /* Make the new Tab page the new topframe. */ | |
682 | 3563 if (after == 1) |
3564 { | |
3565 /* New tab page becomes the first one. */ | |
3566 newtp->tp_next = first_tabpage; | |
3567 first_tabpage = newtp; | |
3568 } | |
3569 else | |
3570 { | |
3571 if (after > 0) | |
3572 { | |
3573 /* Put new tab page before tab page "after". */ | |
3574 n = 2; | |
3575 for (tp = first_tabpage; tp->tp_next != NULL | |
3576 && n < after; tp = tp->tp_next) | |
3577 ++n; | |
3578 } | |
3579 newtp->tp_next = tp->tp_next; | |
3580 tp->tp_next = newtp; | |
3581 } | |
667 | 3582 win_init_size(); |
685 | 3583 firstwin->w_winrow = tabline_height(); |
819 | 3584 win_comp_scroll(curwin); |
667 | 3585 |
3586 newtp->tp_topframe = topframe; | |
671 | 3587 last_status(FALSE); |
815 | 3588 |
3589 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) | |
3590 /* When 'guioptions' includes 'L' or 'R' may have to remove or add | |
3591 * scrollbars. Have to update them anyway. */ | |
1906 | 3592 gui_may_update_scrollbars(); |
815 | 3593 #endif |
3594 | |
667 | 3595 redraw_all_later(CLEAR); |
675 | 3596 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
4354 | 3597 apply_autocmds(EVENT_WINENTER, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); |
675 | 3598 apply_autocmds(EVENT_TABENTER, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); |
3599 #endif | |
667 | 3600 return OK; |
3601 } | |
3602 | |
3603 /* Failed, get back the previous Tab page */ | |
4354 | 3604 enter_tabpage(curtab, curbuf, TRUE, TRUE); |
667 | 3605 return FAIL; |
3606 } | |
3607 | |
3608 /* | |
682 | 3609 * Open a new tab page if ":tab cmd" was used. It will edit the same buffer, |
3610 * like with ":split". | |
3611 * Returns OK if a new tab page was created, FAIL otherwise. | |
3612 */ | |
3613 int | |
3614 may_open_tabpage() | |
3615 { | |
1090 | 3616 int n = (cmdmod.tab == 0) ? postponed_split_tab : cmdmod.tab; |
3617 | |
3618 if (n != 0) | |
682 | 3619 { |
3620 cmdmod.tab = 0; /* reset it to avoid doing it twice */ | |
1090 | 3621 postponed_split_tab = 0; |
682 | 3622 return win_new_tabpage(n); |
3623 } | |
3624 return FAIL; | |
3625 } | |
3626 | |
3627 /* | |
672 | 3628 * Create up to "maxcount" tabpages with empty windows. |
3629 * Returns the number of resulting tab pages. | |
667 | 3630 */ |
672 | 3631 int |
3632 make_tabpages(maxcount) | |
3633 int maxcount; | |
667 | 3634 { |
672 | 3635 int count = maxcount; |
3636 int todo; | |
3637 | |
698 | 3638 /* Limit to 'tabpagemax' tabs. */ |
3639 if (count > p_tpm) | |
3640 count = p_tpm; | |
672 | 3641 |
3642 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD | |
3643 /* | |
3644 * Don't execute autocommands while creating the tab pages. Must do that | |
3645 * when putting the buffers in the windows. | |
3646 */ | |
1410 | 3647 block_autocmds(); |
672 | 3648 #endif |
3649 | |
3650 for (todo = count - 1; todo > 0; --todo) | |
682 | 3651 if (win_new_tabpage(0) == FAIL) |
667 | 3652 break; |
672 | 3653 |
3654 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD | |
1410 | 3655 unblock_autocmds(); |
672 | 3656 #endif |
3657 | |
3658 /* return actual number of tab pages */ | |
3659 return (count - todo); | |
667 | 3660 } |
3661 | |
3662 /* | |
671 | 3663 * Return TRUE when "tpc" points to a valid tab page. |
3664 */ | |
3665 int | |
3666 valid_tabpage(tpc) | |
3667 tabpage_T *tpc; | |
3668 { | |
3669 tabpage_T *tp; | |
3670 | |
3671 for (tp = first_tabpage; tp != NULL; tp = tp->tp_next) | |
3672 if (tp == tpc) | |
3673 return TRUE; | |
3674 return FALSE; | |
3675 } | |
3676 | |
3677 /* | |
3678 * Find tab page "n" (first one is 1). Returns NULL when not found. | |
3679 */ | |
3680 tabpage_T * | |
3681 find_tabpage(n) | |
3682 int n; | |
3683 { | |
3684 tabpage_T *tp; | |
3685 int i = 1; | |
3686 | |
3687 for (tp = first_tabpage; tp != NULL && i != n; tp = tp->tp_next) | |
3688 ++i; | |
3689 return tp; | |
3690 } | |
3691 | |
3692 /* | |
685 | 3693 * Get index of tab page "tp". First one has index 1. |
686 | 3694 * When not found returns number of tab pages plus one. |
685 | 3695 */ |
3696 int | |
3697 tabpage_index(ftp) | |
3698 tabpage_T *ftp; | |
3699 { | |
3700 int i = 1; | |
3701 tabpage_T *tp; | |
3702 | |
3703 for (tp = first_tabpage; tp != NULL && tp != ftp; tp = tp->tp_next) | |
3704 ++i; | |
3705 return i; | |
3706 } | |
3707 | |
3708 /* | |
674 | 3709 * Prepare for leaving the current tab page. |
4352 | 3710 * When autocommands change "curtab" we don't leave the tab page and return |
674 | 3711 * FAIL. |
3712 * Careful: When OK is returned need to get a new tab page very very soon! | |
667 | 3713 */ |
674 | 3714 static int |
4354 | 3715 leave_tabpage(new_curbuf, trigger_leave_autocmds) |
1887 | 3716 buf_T *new_curbuf UNUSED; /* what is going to be the new curbuf, |
674 | 3717 NULL if unknown */ |
4354 | 3718 int trigger_leave_autocmds UNUSED; |
667 | 3719 { |
674 | 3720 tabpage_T *tp = curtab; |
3721 | |
819 | 3722 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL |
3723 reset_VIsual_and_resel(); /* stop Visual mode */ | |
3724 #endif | |
674 | 3725 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
4354 | 3726 if (trigger_leave_autocmds) |
3727 { | |
3728 if (new_curbuf != curbuf) | |
3729 { | |
3730 apply_autocmds(EVENT_BUFLEAVE, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); | |
3731 if (curtab != tp) | |
3732 return FAIL; | |
3733 } | |
3734 apply_autocmds(EVENT_WINLEAVE, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); | |
674 | 3735 if (curtab != tp) |
3736 return FAIL; | |
4354 | 3737 apply_autocmds(EVENT_TABLEAVE, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); |
3738 if (curtab != tp) | |
3739 return FAIL; | |
3740 } | |
674 | 3741 #endif |
668 | 3742 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) |
3743 /* Remove the scrollbars. They may be added back later. */ | |
3744 if (gui.in_use) | |
3745 gui_remove_scrollbars(); | |
3746 #endif | |
667 | 3747 tp->tp_curwin = curwin; |
671 | 3748 tp->tp_prevwin = prevwin; |
667 | 3749 tp->tp_firstwin = firstwin; |
3750 tp->tp_lastwin = lastwin; | |
668 | 3751 tp->tp_old_Rows = Rows; |
3752 tp->tp_old_Columns = Columns; | |
667 | 3753 firstwin = NULL; |
3754 lastwin = NULL; | |
674 | 3755 return OK; |
667 | 3756 } |
3757 | |
3758 /* | |
3759 * Start using tab page "tp". | |
675 | 3760 * Only to be used after leave_tabpage() or freeing the current tab page. |
4354 | 3761 * Only trigger *Enter autocommands when trigger_enter_autocmds is TRUE. |
3762 * Only trigger *Leave autocommands when trigger_leave_autocmds is TRUE. | |
667 | 3763 */ |
3764 static void | |
4354 | 3765 enter_tabpage(tp, old_curbuf, trigger_enter_autocmds, trigger_leave_autocmds) |
667 | 3766 tabpage_T *tp; |
1887 | 3767 buf_T *old_curbuf UNUSED; |
4354 | 3768 int trigger_enter_autocmds UNUSED; |
3769 int trigger_leave_autocmds UNUSED; | |
667 | 3770 { |
668 | 3771 int old_off = tp->tp_firstwin->w_winrow; |
870 | 3772 win_T *next_prevwin = tp->tp_prevwin; |
668 | 3773 |
672 | 3774 curtab = tp; |
667 | 3775 firstwin = tp->tp_firstwin; |
3776 lastwin = tp->tp_lastwin; | |
3777 topframe = tp->tp_topframe; | |
870 | 3778 |
3779 /* We would like doing the TabEnter event first, but we don't have a | |
3780 * valid current window yet, which may break some commands. | |
3781 * This triggers autocommands, thus may make "tp" invalid. */ | |
4918
0792cc5133ce
updated for version 7.3.1204
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
3782 win_enter_ext(tp->tp_curwin, FALSE, TRUE, |
0792cc5133ce
updated for version 7.3.1204
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
3783 trigger_enter_autocmds, trigger_leave_autocmds); |
870 | 3784 prevwin = next_prevwin; |
3785 | |
668 | 3786 last_status(FALSE); /* status line may appear or disappear */ |
3787 (void)win_comp_pos(); /* recompute w_winrow for all windows */ | |
672 | 3788 must_redraw = CLEAR; /* need to redraw everything */ |
3789 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
3790 diff_need_scrollbind = TRUE; | |
3791 #endif | |
668 | 3792 |
3793 /* The tabpage line may have appeared or disappeared, may need to resize | |
3794 * the frames for that. When the Vim window was resized need to update | |
824 | 3795 * frame sizes too. Use the stored value of p_ch, so that it can be |
3796 * different for each tab page. */ | |
3797 p_ch = curtab->tp_ch_used; | |
685 | 3798 if (curtab->tp_old_Rows != Rows || (old_off != firstwin->w_winrow |
3799 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_TABLINE | |
3800 && !gui_use_tabline() | |
3801 #endif | |
3802 )) | |
668 | 3803 shell_new_rows(); |
3804 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
674 | 3805 if (curtab->tp_old_Columns != Columns && starting == 0) |
668 | 3806 shell_new_columns(); /* update window widths */ |
3807 #endif | |
3808 | |
3809 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) | |
3810 /* When 'guioptions' includes 'L' or 'R' may have to remove or add | |
3811 * scrollbars. Have to update them anyway. */ | |
1906 | 3812 gui_may_update_scrollbars(); |
667 | 3813 #endif |
3814 | |
3413 | 3815 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
3816 /* Apply autocommands after updating the display, when 'rows' and | |
3817 * 'columns' have been set correctly. */ | |
4354 | 3818 if (trigger_enter_autocmds) |
3582 | 3819 { |
3820 apply_autocmds(EVENT_TABENTER, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); | |
3821 if (old_curbuf != curbuf) | |
3822 apply_autocmds(EVENT_BUFENTER, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); | |
3823 } | |
3413 | 3824 #endif |
3825 | |
667 | 3826 redraw_all_later(CLEAR); |
3827 } | |
3828 | |
3829 /* | |
3830 * Go to tab page "n". For ":tab N" and "Ngt". | |
685 | 3831 * When "n" is 9999 go to the last tab page. |
667 | 3832 */ |
3833 void | |
3834 goto_tabpage(n) | |
3835 int n; | |
3836 { | |
3837 tabpage_T *tp; | |
682 | 3838 tabpage_T *ttp; |
667 | 3839 int i; |
3840 | |
857 | 3841 if (text_locked()) |
3842 { | |
3843 /* Not allowed when editing the command line. */ | |
3844 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN | |
3845 if (cmdwin_type != 0) | |
3846 EMSG(_(e_cmdwin)); | |
3847 else | |
3848 #endif | |
3849 EMSG(_(e_secure)); | |
3850 return; | |
3851 } | |
3852 | |
675 | 3853 /* If there is only one it can't work. */ |
3854 if (first_tabpage->tp_next == NULL) | |
3855 { | |
3856 if (n > 1) | |
3857 beep_flush(); | |
3858 return; | |
3859 } | |
3860 | |
667 | 3861 if (n == 0) |
3862 { | |
3863 /* No count, go to next tab page, wrap around end. */ | |
674 | 3864 if (curtab->tp_next == NULL) |
667 | 3865 tp = first_tabpage; |
3866 else | |
674 | 3867 tp = curtab->tp_next; |
667 | 3868 } |
682 | 3869 else if (n < 0) |
3870 { | |
3871 /* "gT": go to previous tab page, wrap around end. "N gT" repeats | |
3872 * this N times. */ | |
3873 ttp = curtab; | |
3874 for (i = n; i < 0; ++i) | |
3875 { | |
3876 for (tp = first_tabpage; tp->tp_next != ttp && tp->tp_next != NULL; | |
3877 tp = tp->tp_next) | |
3878 ; | |
3879 ttp = tp; | |
3880 } | |
3881 } | |
685 | 3882 else if (n == 9999) |
3883 { | |
3884 /* Go to last tab page. */ | |
3885 for (tp = first_tabpage; tp->tp_next != NULL; tp = tp->tp_next) | |
3886 ; | |
3887 } | |
667 | 3888 else |
3889 { | |
3890 /* Go to tab page "n". */ | |
685 | 3891 tp = find_tabpage(n); |
671 | 3892 if (tp == NULL) |
3893 { | |
3894 beep_flush(); | |
3895 return; | |
3896 } | |
667 | 3897 } |
3898 | |
4354 | 3899 goto_tabpage_tp(tp, TRUE, TRUE); |
685 | 3900 |
3901 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_TABLINE | |
3902 if (gui_use_tabline()) | |
690 | 3903 gui_mch_set_curtab(tabpage_index(curtab)); |
685 | 3904 #endif |
3905 } | |
3906 | |
3907 /* | |
3908 * Go to tabpage "tp". | |
4354 | 3909 * Only trigger *Enter autocommands when trigger_enter_autocmds is TRUE. |
3910 * Only trigger *Leave autocommands when trigger_leave_autocmds is TRUE. | |
685 | 3911 * Note: doesn't update the GUI tab. |
3912 */ | |
3913 void | |
4354 | 3914 goto_tabpage_tp(tp, trigger_enter_autocmds, trigger_leave_autocmds) |
685 | 3915 tabpage_T *tp; |
4354 | 3916 int trigger_enter_autocmds; |
3917 int trigger_leave_autocmds; | |
685 | 3918 { |
2201
4c6b4298852f
Other solution for GTK not changing the locale.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2115
diff
changeset
|
3919 /* Don't repeat a message in another tab page. */ |
4c6b4298852f
Other solution for GTK not changing the locale.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2115
diff
changeset
|
3920 set_keep_msg(NULL, 0); |
4c6b4298852f
Other solution for GTK not changing the locale.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2115
diff
changeset
|
3921 |
4354 | 3922 if (tp != curtab && leave_tabpage(tp->tp_curwin->w_buffer, |
3923 trigger_leave_autocmds) == OK) | |
674 | 3924 { |
3925 if (valid_tabpage(tp)) | |
4354 | 3926 enter_tabpage(tp, curbuf, trigger_enter_autocmds, |
3927 trigger_leave_autocmds); | |
674 | 3928 else |
4354 | 3929 enter_tabpage(curtab, curbuf, trigger_enter_autocmds, |
3930 trigger_leave_autocmds); | |
674 | 3931 } |
667 | 3932 } |
7 | 3933 |
3934 /* | |
825 | 3935 * Enter window "wp" in tab page "tp". |
3936 * Also updates the GUI tab. | |
3937 */ | |
3938 void | |
3939 goto_tabpage_win(tp, wp) | |
3940 tabpage_T *tp; | |
3941 win_T *wp; | |
3942 { | |
4354 | 3943 goto_tabpage_tp(tp, TRUE, TRUE); |
825 | 3944 if (curtab == tp && win_valid(wp)) |
3945 { | |
3946 win_enter(wp, TRUE); | |
3947 # ifdef FEAT_GUI_TABLINE | |
3948 if (gui_use_tabline()) | |
3949 gui_mch_set_curtab(tabpage_index(curtab)); | |
3950 # endif | |
3951 } | |
3952 } | |
3953 | |
3954 /* | |
682 | 3955 * Move the current tab page to before tab page "nr". |
3956 */ | |
3957 void | |
3958 tabpage_move(nr) | |
3959 int nr; | |
3960 { | |
3961 int n = nr; | |
3962 tabpage_T *tp; | |
3963 | |
3964 if (first_tabpage->tp_next == NULL) | |
3965 return; | |
3966 | |
3967 /* Remove the current tab page from the list of tab pages. */ | |
3968 if (curtab == first_tabpage) | |
3969 first_tabpage = curtab->tp_next; | |
3970 else | |
3971 { | |
3972 for (tp = first_tabpage; tp != NULL; tp = tp->tp_next) | |
3973 if (tp->tp_next == curtab) | |
3974 break; | |
3975 if (tp == NULL) /* "cannot happen" */ | |
3976 return; | |
3977 tp->tp_next = curtab->tp_next; | |
3978 } | |
3979 | |
3980 /* Re-insert it at the specified position. */ | |
3662 | 3981 if (n <= 0) |
682 | 3982 { |
3983 curtab->tp_next = first_tabpage; | |
3984 first_tabpage = curtab; | |
3985 } | |
3986 else | |
3987 { | |
3988 for (tp = first_tabpage; tp->tp_next != NULL && n > 1; tp = tp->tp_next) | |
3989 --n; | |
3990 curtab->tp_next = tp->tp_next; | |
3991 tp->tp_next = curtab; | |
3992 } | |
3993 | |
3994 /* Need to redraw the tabline. Tab page contents doesn't change. */ | |
3995 redraw_tabline = TRUE; | |
3996 } | |
3997 | |
3998 | |
3999 /* | |
7 | 4000 * Go to another window. |
4001 * When jumping to another buffer, stop Visual mode. Do this before | |
4002 * changing windows so we can yank the selection into the '*' register. | |
4003 * When jumping to another window on the same buffer, adjust its cursor | |
4004 * position to keep the same Visual area. | |
4005 */ | |
4006 void | |
4007 win_goto(wp) | |
4008 win_T *wp; | |
4009 { | |
2316
db0ea641e382
Fix: cursor line not properly concealed when moving between windows.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
4010 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL |
db0ea641e382
Fix: cursor line not properly concealed when moving between windows.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
4011 win_T *owp = curwin; |
db0ea641e382
Fix: cursor line not properly concealed when moving between windows.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
4012 #endif |
db0ea641e382
Fix: cursor line not properly concealed when moving between windows.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
4013 |
633 | 4014 if (text_locked()) |
7 | 4015 { |
4016 beep_flush(); | |
633 | 4017 text_locked_msg(); |
7 | 4018 return; |
4019 } | |
819 | 4020 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
4021 if (curbuf_locked()) | |
4022 return; | |
4023 #endif | |
631 | 4024 |
7 | 4025 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL |
4026 if (wp->w_buffer != curbuf) | |
4027 reset_VIsual_and_resel(); | |
4028 else if (VIsual_active) | |
4029 wp->w_cursor = curwin->w_cursor; | |
4030 #endif | |
4031 | |
4032 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
4033 need_mouse_correct = TRUE; | |
4034 #endif | |
4035 win_enter(wp, TRUE); | |
2316
db0ea641e382
Fix: cursor line not properly concealed when moving between windows.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
4036 |
db0ea641e382
Fix: cursor line not properly concealed when moving between windows.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
4037 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL |
db0ea641e382
Fix: cursor line not properly concealed when moving between windows.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
4038 /* Conceal cursor line in previous window, unconceal in current window. */ |
4094 | 4039 if (win_valid(owp) && owp->w_p_cole > 0 && !msg_scrolled) |
2316
db0ea641e382
Fix: cursor line not properly concealed when moving between windows.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
4040 update_single_line(owp, owp->w_cursor.lnum); |
4094 | 4041 if (curwin->w_p_cole > 0 && !msg_scrolled) |
4042 need_cursor_line_redraw = TRUE; | |
2316
db0ea641e382
Fix: cursor line not properly concealed when moving between windows.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
4043 #endif |
7 | 4044 } |
4045 | |
4046 #if defined(FEAT_PERL) || defined(PROTO) | |
4047 /* | |
4048 * Find window number "winnr" (counting top to bottom). | |
4049 */ | |
4050 win_T * | |
4051 win_find_nr(winnr) | |
4052 int winnr; | |
4053 { | |
4054 win_T *wp; | |
4055 | |
4056 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
4057 for (wp = firstwin; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next) | |
4058 if (--winnr == 0) | |
4059 break; | |
4060 return wp; | |
4061 # else | |
4062 return curwin; | |
4063 # endif | |
4064 } | |
4065 #endif | |
4066 | |
4442 | 4067 #if (defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) && (defined(FEAT_PYTHON) || defined(FEAT_PYTHON3))) \ |
4068 || defined(PROTO) | |
4429 | 4069 /* |
4070 * Find the tabpage for window "win". | |
4071 */ | |
4072 tabpage_T * | |
4073 win_find_tabpage(win) | |
4074 win_T *win; | |
4075 { | |
4076 win_T *wp; | |
4077 tabpage_T *tp; | |
4078 | |
4079 for (tp = first_tabpage; tp != NULL; tp = tp->tp_next) | |
5098
cad8d29b0bc0
updated for version 7.3.1292
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5025
diff
changeset
|
4080 for (wp = (tp == curtab ? firstwin : tp->tp_firstwin); |
cad8d29b0bc0
updated for version 7.3.1292
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5025
diff
changeset
|
4081 wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next) |
4429 | 4082 if (wp == win) |
4083 return tp; | |
4084 return NULL; | |
4085 } | |
4086 #endif | |
4087 | |
7 | 4088 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT |
4089 /* | |
4090 * Move to window above or below "count" times. | |
4091 */ | |
4092 static void | |
4093 win_goto_ver(up, count) | |
4094 int up; /* TRUE to go to win above */ | |
4095 long count; | |
4096 { | |
4097 frame_T *fr; | |
4098 frame_T *nfr; | |
4099 frame_T *foundfr; | |
4100 | |
4101 foundfr = curwin->w_frame; | |
4102 while (count--) | |
4103 { | |
4104 /* | |
4105 * First go upwards in the tree of frames until we find a upwards or | |
4106 * downwards neighbor. | |
4107 */ | |
4108 fr = foundfr; | |
4109 for (;;) | |
4110 { | |
4111 if (fr == topframe) | |
4112 goto end; | |
4113 if (up) | |
4114 nfr = fr->fr_prev; | |
4115 else | |
4116 nfr = fr->fr_next; | |
4117 if (fr->fr_parent->fr_layout == FR_COL && nfr != NULL) | |
4118 break; | |
4119 fr = fr->fr_parent; | |
4120 } | |
4121 | |
4122 /* | |
4123 * Now go downwards to find the bottom or top frame in it. | |
4124 */ | |
4125 for (;;) | |
4126 { | |
4127 if (nfr->fr_layout == FR_LEAF) | |
4128 { | |
4129 foundfr = nfr; | |
4130 break; | |
4131 } | |
4132 fr = nfr->fr_child; | |
4133 if (nfr->fr_layout == FR_ROW) | |
4134 { | |
4135 /* Find the frame at the cursor row. */ | |
4136 while (fr->fr_next != NULL | |
4137 && frame2win(fr)->w_wincol + fr->fr_width | |
4138 <= curwin->w_wincol + curwin->w_wcol) | |
4139 fr = fr->fr_next; | |
4140 } | |
4141 if (nfr->fr_layout == FR_COL && up) | |
4142 while (fr->fr_next != NULL) | |
4143 fr = fr->fr_next; | |
4144 nfr = fr; | |
4145 } | |
4146 } | |
4147 end: | |
4148 if (foundfr != NULL) | |
4149 win_goto(foundfr->fr_win); | |
4150 } | |
4151 | |
4152 /* | |
4153 * Move to left or right window. | |
4154 */ | |
4155 static void | |
4156 win_goto_hor(left, count) | |
4157 int left; /* TRUE to go to left win */ | |
4158 long count; | |
4159 { | |
4160 frame_T *fr; | |
4161 frame_T *nfr; | |
4162 frame_T *foundfr; | |
4163 | |
4164 foundfr = curwin->w_frame; | |
4165 while (count--) | |
4166 { | |
4167 /* | |
4168 * First go upwards in the tree of frames until we find a left or | |
4169 * right neighbor. | |
4170 */ | |
4171 fr = foundfr; | |
4172 for (;;) | |
4173 { | |
4174 if (fr == topframe) | |
4175 goto end; | |
4176 if (left) | |
4177 nfr = fr->fr_prev; | |
4178 else | |
4179 nfr = fr->fr_next; | |
4180 if (fr->fr_parent->fr_layout == FR_ROW && nfr != NULL) | |
4181 break; | |
4182 fr = fr->fr_parent; | |
4183 } | |
4184 | |
4185 /* | |
4186 * Now go downwards to find the leftmost or rightmost frame in it. | |
4187 */ | |
4188 for (;;) | |
4189 { | |
4190 if (nfr->fr_layout == FR_LEAF) | |
4191 { | |
4192 foundfr = nfr; | |
4193 break; | |
4194 } | |
4195 fr = nfr->fr_child; | |
4196 if (nfr->fr_layout == FR_COL) | |
4197 { | |
4198 /* Find the frame at the cursor row. */ | |
4199 while (fr->fr_next != NULL | |
4200 && frame2win(fr)->w_winrow + fr->fr_height | |
4201 <= curwin->w_winrow + curwin->w_wrow) | |
4202 fr = fr->fr_next; | |
4203 } | |
4204 if (nfr->fr_layout == FR_ROW && left) | |
4205 while (fr->fr_next != NULL) | |
4206 fr = fr->fr_next; | |
4207 nfr = fr; | |
4208 } | |
4209 } | |
4210 end: | |
4211 if (foundfr != NULL) | |
4212 win_goto(foundfr->fr_win); | |
4213 } | |
4214 #endif | |
4215 | |
4216 /* | |
4217 * Make window "wp" the current window. | |
4218 */ | |
4219 void | |
4220 win_enter(wp, undo_sync) | |
4221 win_T *wp; | |
4222 int undo_sync; | |
4223 { | |
4354 | 4224 win_enter_ext(wp, undo_sync, FALSE, TRUE, TRUE); |
7 | 4225 } |
4226 | |
4227 /* | |
4228 * Make window wp the current window. | |
4229 * Can be called with "curwin_invalid" TRUE, which means that curwin has just | |
4230 * been closed and isn't valid. | |
4231 */ | |
4232 static void | |
4354 | 4233 win_enter_ext(wp, undo_sync, curwin_invalid, trigger_enter_autocmds, trigger_leave_autocmds) |
7 | 4234 win_T *wp; |
4235 int undo_sync; | |
4236 int curwin_invalid; | |
4354 | 4237 int trigger_enter_autocmds UNUSED; |
4238 int trigger_leave_autocmds UNUSED; | |
7 | 4239 { |
4240 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD | |
4241 int other_buffer = FALSE; | |
4242 #endif | |
4243 | |
4244 if (wp == curwin && !curwin_invalid) /* nothing to do */ | |
4245 return; | |
4246 | |
4247 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD | |
4354 | 4248 if (!curwin_invalid && trigger_leave_autocmds) |
7 | 4249 { |
4250 /* | |
4251 * Be careful: If autocommands delete the window, return now. | |
4252 */ | |
4253 if (wp->w_buffer != curbuf) | |
4254 { | |
4255 apply_autocmds(EVENT_BUFLEAVE, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); | |
4256 other_buffer = TRUE; | |
4257 if (!win_valid(wp)) | |
4258 return; | |
4259 } | |
4260 apply_autocmds(EVENT_WINLEAVE, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); | |
4261 if (!win_valid(wp)) | |
4262 return; | |
4263 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
4264 /* autocmds may abort script processing */ | |
4265 if (aborting()) | |
4266 return; | |
4267 # endif | |
4268 } | |
4269 #endif | |
4270 | |
4271 /* sync undo before leaving the current buffer */ | |
4272 if (undo_sync && curbuf != wp->w_buffer) | |
825 | 4273 u_sync(FALSE); |
7 | 4274 /* may have to copy the buffer options when 'cpo' contains 'S' */ |
4275 if (wp->w_buffer != curbuf) | |
4276 buf_copy_options(wp->w_buffer, BCO_ENTER | BCO_NOHELP); | |
4277 if (!curwin_invalid) | |
4278 { | |
4279 prevwin = curwin; /* remember for CTRL-W p */ | |
4280 curwin->w_redr_status = TRUE; | |
4281 } | |
4282 curwin = wp; | |
4283 curbuf = wp->w_buffer; | |
4284 check_cursor(); | |
4285 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
4286 if (!virtual_active()) | |
4287 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; | |
4288 #endif | |
4289 changed_line_abv_curs(); /* assume cursor position needs updating */ | |
4290 | |
4291 if (curwin->w_localdir != NULL) | |
4292 { | |
4293 /* Window has a local directory: Save current directory as global | |
4294 * directory (unless that was done already) and change to the local | |
4295 * directory. */ | |
4296 if (globaldir == NULL) | |
4297 { | |
4298 char_u cwd[MAXPATHL]; | |
4299 | |
4300 if (mch_dirname(cwd, MAXPATHL) == OK) | |
4301 globaldir = vim_strsave(cwd); | |
4302 } | |
1757 | 4303 if (mch_chdir((char *)curwin->w_localdir) == 0) |
4304 shorten_fnames(TRUE); | |
7 | 4305 } |
4306 else if (globaldir != NULL) | |
4307 { | |
4308 /* Window doesn't have a local directory and we are not in the global | |
4309 * directory: Change to the global directory. */ | |
1757 | 4310 ignored = mch_chdir((char *)globaldir); |
7 | 4311 vim_free(globaldir); |
4312 globaldir = NULL; | |
4313 shorten_fnames(TRUE); | |
4314 } | |
4315 | |
4316 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD | |
4354 | 4317 if (trigger_enter_autocmds) |
4318 { | |
4319 apply_autocmds(EVENT_WINENTER, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); | |
4320 if (other_buffer) | |
4321 apply_autocmds(EVENT_BUFENTER, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); | |
4322 } | |
7 | 4323 #endif |
4324 | |
4325 #ifdef FEAT_TITLE | |
4326 maketitle(); | |
4327 #endif | |
4328 curwin->w_redr_status = TRUE; | |
672 | 4329 redraw_tabline = TRUE; |
7 | 4330 if (restart_edit) |
4331 redraw_later(VALID); /* causes status line redraw */ | |
4332 | |
4333 /* set window height to desired minimal value */ | |
4334 if (curwin->w_height < p_wh && !curwin->w_p_wfh) | |
4335 win_setheight((int)p_wh); | |
4336 else if (curwin->w_height == 0) | |
4337 win_setheight(1); | |
4338 | |
4339 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
4340 /* set window width to desired minimal value */ | |
779 | 4341 if (curwin->w_width < p_wiw && !curwin->w_p_wfw) |
7 | 4342 win_setwidth((int)p_wiw); |
4343 #endif | |
4344 | |
4345 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE | |
4346 setmouse(); /* in case jumped to/from help buffer */ | |
4347 #endif | |
4348 | |
961 | 4349 /* Change directories when the 'acd' option is set. */ |
4350 DO_AUTOCHDIR | |
7 | 4351 } |
4352 | |
4353 #endif /* FEAT_WINDOWS */ | |
4354 | |
4355 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(FEAT_SIGNS) || defined(PROTO) | |
4356 /* | |
825 | 4357 * Jump to the first open window that contains buffer "buf", if one exists. |
4358 * Returns a pointer to the window found, otherwise NULL. | |
7 | 4359 */ |
4360 win_T * | |
4361 buf_jump_open_win(buf) | |
4362 buf_T *buf; | |
4363 { | |
4364 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
4365 win_T *wp; | |
4366 | |
825 | 4367 for (wp = firstwin; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next) |
7 | 4368 if (wp->w_buffer == buf) |
4369 break; | |
4370 if (wp != NULL) | |
4371 win_enter(wp, FALSE); | |
4372 return wp; | |
4373 # else | |
4374 if (curwin->w_buffer == buf) | |
4375 return curwin; | |
4376 return NULL; | |
4377 # endif | |
4378 } | |
825 | 4379 |
4380 /* | |
4381 * Jump to the first open window in any tab page that contains buffer "buf", | |
4382 * if one exists. | |
4383 * Returns a pointer to the window found, otherwise NULL. | |
4384 */ | |
4385 win_T * | |
4386 buf_jump_open_tab(buf) | |
4387 buf_T *buf; | |
4388 { | |
4389 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
4390 win_T *wp; | |
4391 tabpage_T *tp; | |
4392 | |
4393 /* First try the current tab page. */ | |
4394 wp = buf_jump_open_win(buf); | |
4395 if (wp != NULL) | |
4396 return wp; | |
4397 | |
4398 for (tp = first_tabpage; tp != NULL; tp = tp->tp_next) | |
4399 if (tp != curtab) | |
4400 { | |
4401 for (wp = tp->tp_firstwin; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next) | |
4402 if (wp->w_buffer == buf) | |
4403 break; | |
4404 if (wp != NULL) | |
4405 { | |
4406 goto_tabpage_win(tp, wp); | |
4407 if (curwin != wp) | |
4408 wp = NULL; /* something went wrong */ | |
4409 break; | |
4410 } | |
4411 } | |
4412 | |
4413 return wp; | |
4414 # else | |
4415 if (curwin->w_buffer == buf) | |
4416 return curwin; | |
4417 return NULL; | |
4418 # endif | |
4419 } | |
7 | 4420 #endif |
4421 | |
4422 /* | |
1906 | 4423 * Allocate a window structure and link it in the window list when "hidden" is |
4424 * FALSE. | |
7 | 4425 */ |
4426 static win_T * | |
1906 | 4427 win_alloc(after, hidden) |
1887 | 4428 win_T *after UNUSED; |
1906 | 4429 int hidden UNUSED; |
7 | 4430 { |
3263 | 4431 win_T *new_wp; |
7 | 4432 |
4433 /* | |
4434 * allocate window structure and linesizes arrays | |
4435 */ | |
3263 | 4436 new_wp = (win_T *)alloc_clear((unsigned)sizeof(win_T)); |
4287 | 4437 if (new_wp == NULL) |
4438 return NULL; | |
4439 | |
4440 if (win_alloc_lines(new_wp) == FAIL) | |
3263 | 4441 { |
4442 vim_free(new_wp); | |
4287 | 4443 return NULL; |
4444 } | |
4445 | |
4446 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
4447 /* init w: variables */ | |
4448 new_wp->w_vars = dict_alloc(); | |
4449 if (new_wp->w_vars == NULL) | |
4450 { | |
4451 win_free_lsize(new_wp); | |
4452 vim_free(new_wp); | |
4453 return NULL; | |
4454 } | |
4455 init_var_dict(new_wp->w_vars, &new_wp->w_winvar, VAR_SCOPE); | |
4456 #endif | |
4457 | |
1114 | 4458 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
4287 | 4459 /* Don't execute autocommands while the window is not properly |
4460 * initialized yet. gui_create_scrollbar() may trigger a FocusGained | |
4461 * event. */ | |
4462 block_autocmds(); | |
4463 #endif | |
4464 /* | |
4465 * link the window in the window list | |
4466 */ | |
7 | 4467 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
4287 | 4468 if (!hidden) |
4469 win_append(after, new_wp); | |
7 | 4470 #endif |
4471 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
4287 | 4472 new_wp->w_wincol = 0; |
4473 new_wp->w_width = Columns; | |
4474 #endif | |
4475 | |
4476 /* position the display and the cursor at the top of the file. */ | |
4477 new_wp->w_topline = 1; | |
7 | 4478 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF |
4287 | 4479 new_wp->w_topfill = 0; |
4480 #endif | |
4481 new_wp->w_botline = 2; | |
4482 new_wp->w_cursor.lnum = 1; | |
7 | 4483 #ifdef FEAT_SCROLLBIND |
4287 | 4484 new_wp->w_scbind_pos = 1; |
4485 #endif | |
4486 | |
4487 /* We won't calculate w_fraction until resizing the window */ | |
4488 new_wp->w_fraction = 0; | |
4489 new_wp->w_prev_fraction_row = -1; | |
7 | 4490 |
4491 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
4287 | 4492 if (gui.in_use) |
4493 { | |
4494 gui_create_scrollbar(&new_wp->w_scrollbars[SBAR_LEFT], | |
4495 SBAR_LEFT, new_wp); | |
4496 gui_create_scrollbar(&new_wp->w_scrollbars[SBAR_RIGHT], | |
4497 SBAR_RIGHT, new_wp); | |
4498 } | |
7 | 4499 #endif |
4500 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
4287 | 4501 foldInitWin(new_wp); |
7 | 4502 #endif |
1114 | 4503 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
4287 | 4504 unblock_autocmds(); |
1114 | 4505 #endif |
1326 | 4506 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA |
4287 | 4507 new_wp->w_match_head = NULL; |
4508 new_wp->w_next_match_id = 4; | |
4509 #endif | |
3263 | 4510 return new_wp; |
7 | 4511 } |
4512 | |
4513 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(PROTO) | |
4514 | |
4515 /* | |
4516 * remove window 'wp' from the window list and free the structure | |
4517 */ | |
4518 static void | |
671 | 4519 win_free(wp, tp) |
7 | 4520 win_T *wp; |
671 | 4521 tabpage_T *tp; /* tab page "win" is in, NULL for current */ |
7 | 4522 { |
4523 int i; | |
4524 | |
1918 | 4525 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING |
4526 clearFolding(wp); | |
4527 #endif | |
4528 | |
4529 /* reduce the reference count to the argument list. */ | |
4530 alist_unlink(wp->w_alist); | |
4531 | |
1114 | 4532 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
4533 /* Don't execute autocommands while the window is halfway being deleted. | |
4534 * gui_mch_destroy_scrollbar() may trigger a FocusGained event. */ | |
1410 | 4535 block_autocmds(); |
1114 | 4536 #endif |
4537 | |
2320
966a5609669e
Added Lua interfae. (Luis Carvalho)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2316
diff
changeset
|
4538 #ifdef FEAT_LUA |
966a5609669e
Added Lua interfae. (Luis Carvalho)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2316
diff
changeset
|
4539 lua_window_free(wp); |
966a5609669e
Added Lua interfae. (Luis Carvalho)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2316
diff
changeset
|
4540 #endif |
966a5609669e
Added Lua interfae. (Luis Carvalho)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2316
diff
changeset
|
4541 |
14 | 4542 #ifdef FEAT_MZSCHEME |
4543 mzscheme_window_free(wp); | |
4544 #endif | |
4545 | |
7 | 4546 #ifdef FEAT_PERL |
4547 perl_win_free(wp); | |
4548 #endif | |
4549 | |
4550 #ifdef FEAT_PYTHON | |
4551 python_window_free(wp); | |
4552 #endif | |
4553 | |
2329
ad2889f48843
Added support for Python 3. (Roland Puntaier)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2320
diff
changeset
|
4554 #ifdef FEAT_PYTHON3 |
ad2889f48843
Added support for Python 3. (Roland Puntaier)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2320
diff
changeset
|
4555 python3_window_free(wp); |
ad2889f48843
Added support for Python 3. (Roland Puntaier)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2320
diff
changeset
|
4556 #endif |
ad2889f48843
Added support for Python 3. (Roland Puntaier)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2320
diff
changeset
|
4557 |
7 | 4558 #ifdef FEAT_TCL |
4559 tcl_window_free(wp); | |
4560 #endif | |
4561 | |
4562 #ifdef FEAT_RUBY | |
4563 ruby_window_free(wp); | |
4564 #endif | |
4565 | |
4566 clear_winopt(&wp->w_onebuf_opt); | |
4567 clear_winopt(&wp->w_allbuf_opt); | |
4568 | |
4569 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
4287 | 4570 vars_clear(&wp->w_vars->dv_hashtab); /* free all w: variables */ |
4571 hash_init(&wp->w_vars->dv_hashtab); | |
4572 unref_var_dict(wp->w_vars); | |
7 | 4573 #endif |
4574 | |
4575 if (prevwin == wp) | |
4576 prevwin = NULL; | |
4577 win_free_lsize(wp); | |
4578 | |
4579 for (i = 0; i < wp->w_tagstacklen; ++i) | |
4580 vim_free(wp->w_tagstack[i].tagname); | |
4581 | |
4582 vim_free(wp->w_localdir); | |
1326 | 4583 |
7 | 4584 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA |
1326 | 4585 clear_matches(wp); |
4586 #endif | |
4587 | |
7 | 4588 #ifdef FEAT_JUMPLIST |
4589 free_jumplist(wp); | |
4590 #endif | |
4591 | |
643 | 4592 #ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX |
4593 qf_free_all(wp); | |
4594 #endif | |
4595 | |
7 | 4596 #ifdef FEAT_GUI |
4597 if (gui.in_use) | |
4598 { | |
4599 gui_mch_destroy_scrollbar(&wp->w_scrollbars[SBAR_LEFT]); | |
4600 gui_mch_destroy_scrollbar(&wp->w_scrollbars[SBAR_RIGHT]); | |
4601 } | |
4602 #endif /* FEAT_GUI */ | |
4603 | |
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2201
diff
changeset
|
4604 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL |
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2306
diff
changeset
|
4605 vim_free(wp->w_p_cc_cols); |
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2201
diff
changeset
|
4606 #endif |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2201
diff
changeset
|
4607 |
1918 | 4608 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
4609 if (wp != aucmd_win) | |
4610 #endif | |
4611 win_remove(wp, tp); | |
7 | 4612 vim_free(wp); |
1114 | 4613 |
4614 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD | |
1410 | 4615 unblock_autocmds(); |
1114 | 4616 #endif |
7 | 4617 } |
4618 | |
4619 /* | |
4620 * Append window "wp" in the window list after window "after". | |
4621 */ | |
1906 | 4622 void |
7 | 4623 win_append(after, wp) |
4624 win_T *after, *wp; | |
4625 { | |
4626 win_T *before; | |
4627 | |
4628 if (after == NULL) /* after NULL is in front of the first */ | |
4629 before = firstwin; | |
4630 else | |
4631 before = after->w_next; | |
4632 | |
4633 wp->w_next = before; | |
4634 wp->w_prev = after; | |
4635 if (after == NULL) | |
4636 firstwin = wp; | |
4637 else | |
4638 after->w_next = wp; | |
4639 if (before == NULL) | |
4640 lastwin = wp; | |
4641 else | |
4642 before->w_prev = wp; | |
4643 } | |
4644 | |
4645 /* | |
4646 * Remove a window from the window list. | |
4647 */ | |
1906 | 4648 void |
671 | 4649 win_remove(wp, tp) |
7 | 4650 win_T *wp; |
671 | 4651 tabpage_T *tp; /* tab page "win" is in, NULL for current */ |
7 | 4652 { |
4653 if (wp->w_prev != NULL) | |
4654 wp->w_prev->w_next = wp->w_next; | |
671 | 4655 else if (tp == NULL) |
4656 firstwin = wp->w_next; | |
7 | 4657 else |
671 | 4658 tp->tp_firstwin = wp->w_next; |
7 | 4659 if (wp->w_next != NULL) |
4660 wp->w_next->w_prev = wp->w_prev; | |
671 | 4661 else if (tp == NULL) |
4662 lastwin = wp->w_prev; | |
7 | 4663 else |
671 | 4664 tp->tp_lastwin = wp->w_prev; |
7 | 4665 } |
4666 | |
4667 /* | |
4668 * Append frame "frp" in a frame list after frame "after". | |
4669 */ | |
4670 static void | |
4671 frame_append(after, frp) | |
4672 frame_T *after, *frp; | |
4673 { | |
4674 frp->fr_next = after->fr_next; | |
4675 after->fr_next = frp; | |
4676 if (frp->fr_next != NULL) | |
4677 frp->fr_next->fr_prev = frp; | |
4678 frp->fr_prev = after; | |
4679 } | |
4680 | |
4681 /* | |
4682 * Insert frame "frp" in a frame list before frame "before". | |
4683 */ | |
4684 static void | |
4685 frame_insert(before, frp) | |
4686 frame_T *before, *frp; | |
4687 { | |
4688 frp->fr_next = before; | |
4689 frp->fr_prev = before->fr_prev; | |
4690 before->fr_prev = frp; | |
4691 if (frp->fr_prev != NULL) | |
4692 frp->fr_prev->fr_next = frp; | |
4693 else | |
4694 frp->fr_parent->fr_child = frp; | |
4695 } | |
4696 | |
4697 /* | |
4698 * Remove a frame from a frame list. | |
4699 */ | |
4700 static void | |
4701 frame_remove(frp) | |
4702 frame_T *frp; | |
4703 { | |
4704 if (frp->fr_prev != NULL) | |
4705 frp->fr_prev->fr_next = frp->fr_next; | |
4706 else | |
4707 frp->fr_parent->fr_child = frp->fr_next; | |
4708 if (frp->fr_next != NULL) | |
4709 frp->fr_next->fr_prev = frp->fr_prev; | |
4710 } | |
4711 | |
4712 #endif /* FEAT_WINDOWS */ | |
4713 | |
4714 /* | |
4715 * Allocate w_lines[] for window "wp". | |
4716 * Return FAIL for failure, OK for success. | |
4717 */ | |
4718 int | |
4719 win_alloc_lines(wp) | |
4720 win_T *wp; | |
4721 { | |
4722 wp->w_lines_valid = 0; | |
1042 | 4723 wp->w_lines = (wline_T *)alloc_clear((unsigned)(Rows * sizeof(wline_T))); |
7 | 4724 if (wp->w_lines == NULL) |
4725 return FAIL; | |
4726 return OK; | |
4727 } | |
4728 | |
4729 /* | |
4730 * free lsize arrays for a window | |
4731 */ | |
4732 void | |
4733 win_free_lsize(wp) | |
4734 win_T *wp; | |
4735 { | |
4736 vim_free(wp->w_lines); | |
4737 wp->w_lines = NULL; | |
4738 } | |
4739 | |
4740 /* | |
4741 * Called from win_new_shellsize() after Rows changed. | |
671 | 4742 * This only does the current tab page, others must be done when made active. |
7 | 4743 */ |
4744 void | |
4745 shell_new_rows() | |
4746 { | |
667 | 4747 int h = (int)ROWS_AVAIL; |
7 | 4748 |
4749 if (firstwin == NULL) /* not initialized yet */ | |
4750 return; | |
4751 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
4752 if (h < frame_minheight(topframe, NULL)) | |
4753 h = frame_minheight(topframe, NULL); | |
779 | 4754 |
4755 /* First try setting the heights of windows with 'winfixheight'. If | |
7 | 4756 * that doesn't result in the right height, forget about that option. */ |
4757 frame_new_height(topframe, h, FALSE, TRUE); | |
5004
a1b41dabc682
updated for version 7.3.1246
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4936
diff
changeset
|
4758 if (!frame_check_height(topframe, h)) |
7 | 4759 frame_new_height(topframe, h, FALSE, FALSE); |
4760 | |
4761 (void)win_comp_pos(); /* recompute w_winrow and w_wincol */ | |
4762 #else | |
4763 if (h < 1) | |
4764 h = 1; | |
4765 win_new_height(firstwin, h); | |
4766 #endif | |
4767 compute_cmdrow(); | |
170 | 4768 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
824 | 4769 curtab->tp_ch_used = p_ch; |
170 | 4770 #endif |
4771 | |
7 | 4772 #if 0 |
4773 /* Disabled: don't want making the screen smaller make a window larger. */ | |
4774 if (p_ea) | |
4775 win_equal(curwin, FALSE, 'v'); | |
4776 #endif | |
4777 } | |
4778 | |
4779 #if defined(FEAT_VERTSPLIT) || defined(PROTO) | |
4780 /* | |
4781 * Called from win_new_shellsize() after Columns changed. | |
4782 */ | |
4783 void | |
4784 shell_new_columns() | |
4785 { | |
4786 if (firstwin == NULL) /* not initialized yet */ | |
4787 return; | |
779 | 4788 |
4789 /* First try setting the widths of windows with 'winfixwidth'. If that | |
4790 * doesn't result in the right width, forget about that option. */ | |
4791 frame_new_width(topframe, (int)Columns, FALSE, TRUE); | |
5004
a1b41dabc682
updated for version 7.3.1246
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4936
diff
changeset
|
4792 if (!frame_check_width(topframe, Columns)) |
779 | 4793 frame_new_width(topframe, (int)Columns, FALSE, FALSE); |
4794 | |
7 | 4795 (void)win_comp_pos(); /* recompute w_winrow and w_wincol */ |
4796 #if 0 | |
4797 /* Disabled: don't want making the screen smaller make a window larger. */ | |
4798 if (p_ea) | |
4799 win_equal(curwin, FALSE, 'h'); | |
4800 #endif | |
4801 } | |
4802 #endif | |
4803 | |
4804 #if defined(FEAT_CMDWIN) || defined(PROTO) | |
4805 /* | |
4806 * Save the size of all windows in "gap". | |
4807 */ | |
4808 void | |
4809 win_size_save(gap) | |
4810 garray_T *gap; | |
4811 | |
4812 { | |
4813 win_T *wp; | |
4814 | |
4815 ga_init2(gap, (int)sizeof(int), 1); | |
4816 if (ga_grow(gap, win_count() * 2) == OK) | |
4817 for (wp = firstwin; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next) | |
4818 { | |
4819 ((int *)gap->ga_data)[gap->ga_len++] = | |
4820 wp->w_width + wp->w_vsep_width; | |
4821 ((int *)gap->ga_data)[gap->ga_len++] = wp->w_height; | |
4822 } | |
4823 } | |
4824 | |
4825 /* | |
4826 * Restore window sizes, but only if the number of windows is still the same. | |
4827 * Does not free the growarray. | |
4828 */ | |
4829 void | |
4830 win_size_restore(gap) | |
4831 garray_T *gap; | |
4832 { | |
4833 win_T *wp; | |
4834 int i; | |
4835 | |
4836 if (win_count() * 2 == gap->ga_len) | |
4837 { | |
4838 i = 0; | |
4839 for (wp = firstwin; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next) | |
4840 { | |
4841 frame_setwidth(wp->w_frame, ((int *)gap->ga_data)[i++]); | |
4842 win_setheight_win(((int *)gap->ga_data)[i++], wp); | |
4843 } | |
4844 /* recompute the window positions */ | |
4845 (void)win_comp_pos(); | |
4846 } | |
4847 } | |
4848 #endif /* FEAT_CMDWIN */ | |
4849 | |
4850 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(PROTO) | |
4851 /* | |
4852 * Update the position for all windows, using the width and height of the | |
4853 * frames. | |
4854 * Returns the row just after the last window. | |
4855 */ | |
668 | 4856 int |
7 | 4857 win_comp_pos() |
4858 { | |
685 | 4859 int row = tabline_height(); |
7 | 4860 int col = 0; |
4861 | |
4862 frame_comp_pos(topframe, &row, &col); | |
4863 return row; | |
4864 } | |
4865 | |
4866 /* | |
4867 * Update the position of the windows in frame "topfrp", using the width and | |
4868 * height of the frames. | |
4869 * "*row" and "*col" are the top-left position of the frame. They are updated | |
4870 * to the bottom-right position plus one. | |
4871 */ | |
4872 static void | |
4873 frame_comp_pos(topfrp, row, col) | |
4874 frame_T *topfrp; | |
4875 int *row; | |
4876 int *col; | |
4877 { | |
4878 win_T *wp; | |
4879 frame_T *frp; | |
4880 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
4881 int startcol; | |
4882 int startrow; | |
4883 #endif | |
4884 | |
4885 wp = topfrp->fr_win; | |
4886 if (wp != NULL) | |
4887 { | |
4888 if (wp->w_winrow != *row | |
4889 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
4890 || wp->w_wincol != *col | |
4891 #endif | |
4892 ) | |
4893 { | |
4894 /* position changed, redraw */ | |
4895 wp->w_winrow = *row; | |
4896 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
4897 wp->w_wincol = *col; | |
4898 #endif | |
4899 redraw_win_later(wp, NOT_VALID); | |
4900 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; | |
4901 } | |
4902 *row += wp->w_height + wp->w_status_height; | |
4903 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
4904 *col += wp->w_width + wp->w_vsep_width; | |
4905 #endif | |
4906 } | |
4907 else | |
4908 { | |
4909 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
4910 startrow = *row; | |
4911 startcol = *col; | |
4912 #endif | |
4913 for (frp = topfrp->fr_child; frp != NULL; frp = frp->fr_next) | |
4914 { | |
4915 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
4916 if (topfrp->fr_layout == FR_ROW) | |
4917 *row = startrow; /* all frames are at the same row */ | |
4918 else | |
4919 *col = startcol; /* all frames are at the same col */ | |
4920 #endif | |
4921 frame_comp_pos(frp, row, col); | |
4922 } | |
4923 } | |
4924 } | |
4925 | |
4926 #endif /* FEAT_WINDOWS */ | |
4927 | |
4928 /* | |
4929 * Set current window height and take care of repositioning other windows to | |
4930 * fit around it. | |
4931 */ | |
4932 void | |
4933 win_setheight(height) | |
4934 int height; | |
4935 { | |
4936 win_setheight_win(height, curwin); | |
4937 } | |
4938 | |
4939 /* | |
4940 * Set the window height of window "win" and take care of repositioning other | |
4941 * windows to fit around it. | |
4942 */ | |
4943 void | |
4944 win_setheight_win(height, win) | |
4945 int height; | |
4946 win_T *win; | |
4947 { | |
4948 int row; | |
4949 | |
4950 if (win == curwin) | |
4951 { | |
4952 /* Always keep current window at least one line high, even when | |
4953 * 'winminheight' is zero. */ | |
4954 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
4955 if (height < p_wmh) | |
4956 height = p_wmh; | |
4957 #endif | |
4958 if (height == 0) | |
4959 height = 1; | |
4960 } | |
4961 | |
4962 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
4963 frame_setheight(win->w_frame, height + win->w_status_height); | |
4964 | |
4965 /* recompute the window positions */ | |
4966 row = win_comp_pos(); | |
4967 #else | |
4968 if (height > topframe->fr_height) | |
4969 height = topframe->fr_height; | |
4970 win->w_height = height; | |
4971 row = height; | |
4972 #endif | |
4973 | |
4974 /* | |
4975 * If there is extra space created between the last window and the command | |
4976 * line, clear it. | |
4977 */ | |
4978 if (full_screen && msg_scrolled == 0 && row < cmdline_row) | |
4979 screen_fill(row, cmdline_row, 0, (int)Columns, ' ', ' ', 0); | |
4980 cmdline_row = row; | |
4981 msg_row = row; | |
4982 msg_col = 0; | |
4983 | |
4984 redraw_all_later(NOT_VALID); | |
4985 } | |
4986 | |
4987 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(PROTO) | |
4988 | |
4989 /* | |
4990 * Set the height of a frame to "height" and take care that all frames and | |
4991 * windows inside it are resized. Also resize frames on the left and right if | |
4992 * the are in the same FR_ROW frame. | |
4993 * | |
4994 * Strategy: | |
4995 * If the frame is part of a FR_COL frame, try fitting the frame in that | |
4996 * frame. If that doesn't work (the FR_COL frame is too small), recursively | |
4997 * go to containing frames to resize them and make room. | |
4998 * If the frame is part of a FR_ROW frame, all frames must be resized as well. | |
4999 * Check for the minimal height of the FR_ROW frame. | |
5000 * At the top level we can also use change the command line height. | |
5001 */ | |
5002 static void | |
5003 frame_setheight(curfrp, height) | |
5004 frame_T *curfrp; | |
5005 int height; | |
5006 { | |
5007 int room; /* total number of lines available */ | |
5008 int take; /* number of lines taken from other windows */ | |
5009 int room_cmdline; /* lines available from cmdline */ | |
5010 int run; | |
5011 frame_T *frp; | |
5012 int h; | |
5013 int room_reserved; | |
5014 | |
5015 /* If the height already is the desired value, nothing to do. */ | |
5016 if (curfrp->fr_height == height) | |
5017 return; | |
5018 | |
5019 if (curfrp->fr_parent == NULL) | |
5020 { | |
5021 /* topframe: can only change the command line */ | |
667 | 5022 if (height > ROWS_AVAIL) |
5023 height = ROWS_AVAIL; | |
7 | 5024 if (height > 0) |
5025 frame_new_height(curfrp, height, FALSE, FALSE); | |
5026 } | |
5027 else if (curfrp->fr_parent->fr_layout == FR_ROW) | |
5028 { | |
5029 /* Row of frames: Also need to resize frames left and right of this | |
5030 * one. First check for the minimal height of these. */ | |
5031 h = frame_minheight(curfrp->fr_parent, NULL); | |
5032 if (height < h) | |
5033 height = h; | |
5034 frame_setheight(curfrp->fr_parent, height); | |
5035 } | |
5036 else | |
5037 { | |
5038 /* | |
5039 * Column of frames: try to change only frames in this column. | |
5040 */ | |
5041 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
5042 /* | |
5043 * Do this twice: | |
5044 * 1: compute room available, if it's not enough try resizing the | |
5045 * containing frame. | |
5046 * 2: compute the room available and adjust the height to it. | |
5047 * Try not to reduce the height of a window with 'winfixheight' set. | |
5048 */ | |
5049 for (run = 1; run <= 2; ++run) | |
5050 #else | |
5051 for (;;) | |
5052 #endif | |
5053 { | |
5054 room = 0; | |
5055 room_reserved = 0; | |
5056 for (frp = curfrp->fr_parent->fr_child; frp != NULL; | |
5057 frp = frp->fr_next) | |
5058 { | |
5059 if (frp != curfrp | |
5060 && frp->fr_win != NULL | |
5061 && frp->fr_win->w_p_wfh) | |
5062 room_reserved += frp->fr_height; | |
5063 room += frp->fr_height; | |
5064 if (frp != curfrp) | |
5065 room -= frame_minheight(frp, NULL); | |
5066 } | |
5067 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
5068 if (curfrp->fr_width != Columns) | |
5069 room_cmdline = 0; | |
5070 else | |
5071 #endif | |
5072 { | |
5073 room_cmdline = Rows - p_ch - (lastwin->w_winrow | |
5074 + lastwin->w_height + lastwin->w_status_height); | |
5075 if (room_cmdline < 0) | |
5076 room_cmdline = 0; | |
5077 } | |
5078 | |
5079 if (height <= room + room_cmdline) | |
5080 break; | |
5081 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
5082 if (run == 2 || curfrp->fr_width == Columns) | |
5083 #endif | |
5084 { | |
5085 if (height > room + room_cmdline) | |
5086 height = room + room_cmdline; | |
5087 break; | |
5088 } | |
5089 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
5090 frame_setheight(curfrp->fr_parent, height | |
5091 + frame_minheight(curfrp->fr_parent, NOWIN) - (int)p_wmh - 1); | |
5092 #endif | |
5093 /*NOTREACHED*/ | |
5094 } | |
5095 | |
5096 /* | |
5097 * Compute the number of lines we will take from others frames (can be | |
5098 * negative!). | |
5099 */ | |
5100 take = height - curfrp->fr_height; | |
5101 | |
5102 /* If there is not enough room, also reduce the height of a window | |
5103 * with 'winfixheight' set. */ | |
5104 if (height > room + room_cmdline - room_reserved) | |
5105 room_reserved = room + room_cmdline - height; | |
5106 /* If there is only a 'winfixheight' window and making the | |
5107 * window smaller, need to make the other window taller. */ | |
5108 if (take < 0 && room - curfrp->fr_height < room_reserved) | |
5109 room_reserved = 0; | |
5110 | |
5111 if (take > 0 && room_cmdline > 0) | |
5112 { | |
5113 /* use lines from cmdline first */ | |
5114 if (take < room_cmdline) | |
5115 room_cmdline = take; | |
5116 take -= room_cmdline; | |
5117 topframe->fr_height += room_cmdline; | |
5118 } | |
5119 | |
5120 /* | |
5121 * set the current frame to the new height | |
5122 */ | |
5123 frame_new_height(curfrp, height, FALSE, FALSE); | |
5124 | |
5125 /* | |
5126 * First take lines from the frames after the current frame. If | |
5127 * that is not enough, takes lines from frames above the current | |
5128 * frame. | |
5129 */ | |
5130 for (run = 0; run < 2; ++run) | |
5131 { | |
5132 if (run == 0) | |
5133 frp = curfrp->fr_next; /* 1st run: start with next window */ | |
5134 else | |
5135 frp = curfrp->fr_prev; /* 2nd run: start with prev window */ | |
5136 while (frp != NULL && take != 0) | |
5137 { | |
5138 h = frame_minheight(frp, NULL); | |
5139 if (room_reserved > 0 | |
5140 && frp->fr_win != NULL | |
5141 && frp->fr_win->w_p_wfh) | |
5142 { | |
5143 if (room_reserved >= frp->fr_height) | |
5144 room_reserved -= frp->fr_height; | |
5145 else | |
5146 { | |
5147 if (frp->fr_height - room_reserved > take) | |
5148 room_reserved = frp->fr_height - take; | |
5149 take -= frp->fr_height - room_reserved; | |
5150 frame_new_height(frp, room_reserved, FALSE, FALSE); | |
5151 room_reserved = 0; | |
5152 } | |
5153 } | |
5154 else | |
5155 { | |
5156 if (frp->fr_height - take < h) | |
5157 { | |
5158 take -= frp->fr_height - h; | |
5159 frame_new_height(frp, h, FALSE, FALSE); | |
5160 } | |
5161 else | |
5162 { | |
5163 frame_new_height(frp, frp->fr_height - take, | |
5164 FALSE, FALSE); | |
5165 take = 0; | |
5166 } | |
5167 } | |
5168 if (run == 0) | |
5169 frp = frp->fr_next; | |
5170 else | |
5171 frp = frp->fr_prev; | |
5172 } | |
5173 } | |
5174 } | |
5175 } | |
5176 | |
5177 #if defined(FEAT_VERTSPLIT) || defined(PROTO) | |
5178 /* | |
5179 * Set current window width and take care of repositioning other windows to | |
5180 * fit around it. | |
5181 */ | |
5182 void | |
5183 win_setwidth(width) | |
5184 int width; | |
5185 { | |
5186 win_setwidth_win(width, curwin); | |
5187 } | |
5188 | |
5189 void | |
5190 win_setwidth_win(width, wp) | |
5191 int width; | |
5192 win_T *wp; | |
5193 { | |
5194 /* Always keep current window at least one column wide, even when | |
5195 * 'winminwidth' is zero. */ | |
5196 if (wp == curwin) | |
5197 { | |
5198 if (width < p_wmw) | |
5199 width = p_wmw; | |
5200 if (width == 0) | |
5201 width = 1; | |
5202 } | |
5203 | |
5204 frame_setwidth(wp->w_frame, width + wp->w_vsep_width); | |
5205 | |
5206 /* recompute the window positions */ | |
5207 (void)win_comp_pos(); | |
5208 | |
5209 redraw_all_later(NOT_VALID); | |
5210 } | |
5211 | |
5212 /* | |
5213 * Set the width of a frame to "width" and take care that all frames and | |
5214 * windows inside it are resized. Also resize frames above and below if the | |
5215 * are in the same FR_ROW frame. | |
5216 * | |
5217 * Strategy is similar to frame_setheight(). | |
5218 */ | |
5219 static void | |
5220 frame_setwidth(curfrp, width) | |
5221 frame_T *curfrp; | |
5222 int width; | |
5223 { | |
5224 int room; /* total number of lines available */ | |
5225 int take; /* number of lines taken from other windows */ | |
5226 int run; | |
5227 frame_T *frp; | |
5228 int w; | |
779 | 5229 int room_reserved; |
7 | 5230 |
5231 /* If the width already is the desired value, nothing to do. */ | |
5232 if (curfrp->fr_width == width) | |
5233 return; | |
5234 | |
5235 if (curfrp->fr_parent == NULL) | |
5236 /* topframe: can't change width */ | |
5237 return; | |
5238 | |
5239 if (curfrp->fr_parent->fr_layout == FR_COL) | |
5240 { | |
5241 /* Column of frames: Also need to resize frames above and below of | |
5242 * this one. First check for the minimal width of these. */ | |
5243 w = frame_minwidth(curfrp->fr_parent, NULL); | |
5244 if (width < w) | |
5245 width = w; | |
5246 frame_setwidth(curfrp->fr_parent, width); | |
5247 } | |
5248 else | |
5249 { | |
5250 /* | |
5251 * Row of frames: try to change only frames in this row. | |
5252 * | |
5253 * Do this twice: | |
5254 * 1: compute room available, if it's not enough try resizing the | |
5255 * containing frame. | |
5256 * 2: compute the room available and adjust the width to it. | |
5257 */ | |
5258 for (run = 1; run <= 2; ++run) | |
5259 { | |
5260 room = 0; | |
779 | 5261 room_reserved = 0; |
7 | 5262 for (frp = curfrp->fr_parent->fr_child; frp != NULL; |
5263 frp = frp->fr_next) | |
5264 { | |
779 | 5265 if (frp != curfrp |
5266 && frp->fr_win != NULL | |
5267 && frp->fr_win->w_p_wfw) | |
5268 room_reserved += frp->fr_width; | |
7 | 5269 room += frp->fr_width; |
5270 if (frp != curfrp) | |
5271 room -= frame_minwidth(frp, NULL); | |
5272 } | |
5273 | |
5274 if (width <= room) | |
5275 break; | |
667 | 5276 if (run == 2 || curfrp->fr_height >= ROWS_AVAIL) |
7 | 5277 { |
5278 if (width > room) | |
5279 width = room; | |
5280 break; | |
5281 } | |
5282 frame_setwidth(curfrp->fr_parent, width | |
5283 + frame_minwidth(curfrp->fr_parent, NOWIN) - (int)p_wmw - 1); | |
5284 } | |
5285 | |
5286 /* | |
5287 * Compute the number of lines we will take from others frames (can be | |
5288 * negative!). | |
5289 */ | |
5290 take = width - curfrp->fr_width; | |
5291 | |
779 | 5292 /* If there is not enough room, also reduce the width of a window |
5293 * with 'winfixwidth' set. */ | |
5294 if (width > room - room_reserved) | |
5295 room_reserved = room - width; | |
5296 /* If there is only a 'winfixwidth' window and making the | |
5297 * window smaller, need to make the other window narrower. */ | |
5298 if (take < 0 && room - curfrp->fr_width < room_reserved) | |
5299 room_reserved = 0; | |
5300 | |
7 | 5301 /* |
5302 * set the current frame to the new width | |
5303 */ | |
779 | 5304 frame_new_width(curfrp, width, FALSE, FALSE); |
7 | 5305 |
5306 /* | |
5307 * First take lines from the frames right of the current frame. If | |
5308 * that is not enough, takes lines from frames left of the current | |
5309 * frame. | |
5310 */ | |
5311 for (run = 0; run < 2; ++run) | |
5312 { | |
5313 if (run == 0) | |
5314 frp = curfrp->fr_next; /* 1st run: start with next window */ | |
5315 else | |
5316 frp = curfrp->fr_prev; /* 2nd run: start with prev window */ | |
5317 while (frp != NULL && take != 0) | |
5318 { | |
5319 w = frame_minwidth(frp, NULL); | |
779 | 5320 if (room_reserved > 0 |
5321 && frp->fr_win != NULL | |
5322 && frp->fr_win->w_p_wfw) | |
7 | 5323 { |
779 | 5324 if (room_reserved >= frp->fr_width) |
5325 room_reserved -= frp->fr_width; | |
5326 else | |
5327 { | |
5328 if (frp->fr_width - room_reserved > take) | |
5329 room_reserved = frp->fr_width - take; | |
5330 take -= frp->fr_width - room_reserved; | |
5331 frame_new_width(frp, room_reserved, FALSE, FALSE); | |
5332 room_reserved = 0; | |
5333 } | |
7 | 5334 } |
5335 else | |
5336 { | |
779 | 5337 if (frp->fr_width - take < w) |
5338 { | |
5339 take -= frp->fr_width - w; | |
5340 frame_new_width(frp, w, FALSE, FALSE); | |
5341 } | |
5342 else | |
5343 { | |
5344 frame_new_width(frp, frp->fr_width - take, | |
5345 FALSE, FALSE); | |
5346 take = 0; | |
5347 } | |
7 | 5348 } |
5349 if (run == 0) | |
5350 frp = frp->fr_next; | |
5351 else | |
5352 frp = frp->fr_prev; | |
5353 } | |
5354 } | |
5355 } | |
5356 } | |
5357 #endif /* FEAT_VERTSPLIT */ | |
5358 | |
5359 /* | |
5360 * Check 'winminheight' for a valid value. | |
5361 */ | |
5362 void | |
5363 win_setminheight() | |
5364 { | |
5365 int room; | |
5366 int first = TRUE; | |
5367 win_T *wp; | |
5368 | |
5369 /* loop until there is a 'winminheight' that is possible */ | |
5370 while (p_wmh > 0) | |
5371 { | |
5372 /* TODO: handle vertical splits */ | |
5373 room = -p_wh; | |
5374 for (wp = firstwin; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next) | |
5375 room += wp->w_height - p_wmh; | |
5376 if (room >= 0) | |
5377 break; | |
5378 --p_wmh; | |
5379 if (first) | |
5380 { | |
5381 EMSG(_(e_noroom)); | |
5382 first = FALSE; | |
5383 } | |
5384 } | |
5385 } | |
5386 | |
5387 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE | |
5388 | |
5389 /* | |
5390 * Status line of dragwin is dragged "offset" lines down (negative is up). | |
5391 */ | |
5392 void | |
5393 win_drag_status_line(dragwin, offset) | |
5394 win_T *dragwin; | |
5395 int offset; | |
5396 { | |
5397 frame_T *curfr; | |
5398 frame_T *fr; | |
5399 int room; | |
5400 int row; | |
5401 int up; /* if TRUE, drag status line up, otherwise down */ | |
5402 int n; | |
5403 | |
5404 fr = dragwin->w_frame; | |
5405 curfr = fr; | |
5406 if (fr != topframe) /* more than one window */ | |
5407 { | |
5408 fr = fr->fr_parent; | |
5409 /* When the parent frame is not a column of frames, its parent should | |
5410 * be. */ | |
5411 if (fr->fr_layout != FR_COL) | |
5412 { | |
5413 curfr = fr; | |
5414 if (fr != topframe) /* only a row of windows, may drag statusline */ | |
5415 fr = fr->fr_parent; | |
5416 } | |
5417 } | |
5418 | |
5419 /* If this is the last frame in a column, may want to resize the parent | |
5420 * frame instead (go two up to skip a row of frames). */ | |
5421 while (curfr != topframe && curfr->fr_next == NULL) | |
5422 { | |
5423 if (fr != topframe) | |
5424 fr = fr->fr_parent; | |
5425 curfr = fr; | |
5426 if (fr != topframe) | |
5427 fr = fr->fr_parent; | |
5428 } | |
5429 | |
5430 if (offset < 0) /* drag up */ | |
5431 { | |
5432 up = TRUE; | |
5433 offset = -offset; | |
5434 /* sum up the room of the current frame and above it */ | |
5435 if (fr == curfr) | |
5436 { | |
5437 /* only one window */ | |
5438 room = fr->fr_height - frame_minheight(fr, NULL); | |
5439 } | |
5440 else | |
5441 { | |
5442 room = 0; | |
5443 for (fr = fr->fr_child; ; fr = fr->fr_next) | |
5444 { | |
5445 room += fr->fr_height - frame_minheight(fr, NULL); | |
5446 if (fr == curfr) | |
5447 break; | |
5448 } | |
5449 } | |
5450 fr = curfr->fr_next; /* put fr at frame that grows */ | |
5451 } | |
5452 else /* drag down */ | |
5453 { | |
5454 up = FALSE; | |
5455 /* | |
5456 * Only dragging the last status line can reduce p_ch. | |
5457 */ | |
5458 room = Rows - cmdline_row; | |
5459 if (curfr->fr_next == NULL) | |
5460 room -= 1; | |
5461 else | |
5462 room -= p_ch; | |
5463 if (room < 0) | |
5464 room = 0; | |
5465 /* sum up the room of frames below of the current one */ | |
5466 for (fr = curfr->fr_next; fr != NULL; fr = fr->fr_next) | |
5467 room += fr->fr_height - frame_minheight(fr, NULL); | |
5468 fr = curfr; /* put fr at window that grows */ | |
5469 } | |
5470 | |
5471 if (room < offset) /* Not enough room */ | |
5472 offset = room; /* Move as far as we can */ | |
5473 if (offset <= 0) | |
5474 return; | |
5475 | |
5476 /* | |
5477 * Grow frame fr by "offset" lines. | |
5478 * Doesn't happen when dragging the last status line up. | |
5479 */ | |
5480 if (fr != NULL) | |
5481 frame_new_height(fr, fr->fr_height + offset, up, FALSE); | |
5482 | |
5483 if (up) | |
5484 fr = curfr; /* current frame gets smaller */ | |
5485 else | |
5486 fr = curfr->fr_next; /* next frame gets smaller */ | |
5487 | |
5488 /* | |
5489 * Now make the other frames smaller. | |
5490 */ | |
5491 while (fr != NULL && offset > 0) | |
5492 { | |
5493 n = frame_minheight(fr, NULL); | |
5494 if (fr->fr_height - offset <= n) | |
5495 { | |
5496 offset -= fr->fr_height - n; | |
5497 frame_new_height(fr, n, !up, FALSE); | |
5498 } | |
5499 else | |
5500 { | |
5501 frame_new_height(fr, fr->fr_height - offset, !up, FALSE); | |
5502 break; | |
5503 } | |
5504 if (up) | |
5505 fr = fr->fr_prev; | |
5506 else | |
5507 fr = fr->fr_next; | |
5508 } | |
5509 row = win_comp_pos(); | |
5510 screen_fill(row, cmdline_row, 0, (int)Columns, ' ', ' ', 0); | |
5511 cmdline_row = row; | |
5512 p_ch = Rows - cmdline_row; | |
5513 if (p_ch < 1) | |
5514 p_ch = 1; | |
824 | 5515 curtab->tp_ch_used = p_ch; |
737 | 5516 redraw_all_later(SOME_VALID); |
7 | 5517 showmode(); |
5518 } | |
5519 | |
5520 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
5521 /* | |
5522 * Separator line of dragwin is dragged "offset" lines right (negative is left). | |
5523 */ | |
5524 void | |
5525 win_drag_vsep_line(dragwin, offset) | |
5526 win_T *dragwin; | |
5527 int offset; | |
5528 { | |
5529 frame_T *curfr; | |
5530 frame_T *fr; | |
5531 int room; | |
5532 int left; /* if TRUE, drag separator line left, otherwise right */ | |
5533 int n; | |
5534 | |
5535 fr = dragwin->w_frame; | |
840 | 5536 if (fr == topframe) /* only one window (cannot happen?) */ |
7 | 5537 return; |
5538 curfr = fr; | |
5539 fr = fr->fr_parent; | |
5540 /* When the parent frame is not a row of frames, its parent should be. */ | |
5541 if (fr->fr_layout != FR_ROW) | |
5542 { | |
5543 if (fr == topframe) /* only a column of windows (cannot happen?) */ | |
5544 return; | |
5545 curfr = fr; | |
5546 fr = fr->fr_parent; | |
5547 } | |
5548 | |
5549 /* If this is the last frame in a row, may want to resize a parent | |
5550 * frame instead. */ | |
5551 while (curfr->fr_next == NULL) | |
5552 { | |
5553 if (fr == topframe) | |
5554 break; | |
5555 curfr = fr; | |
5556 fr = fr->fr_parent; | |
5557 if (fr != topframe) | |
5558 { | |
5559 curfr = fr; | |
5560 fr = fr->fr_parent; | |
5561 } | |
5562 } | |
5563 | |
5564 if (offset < 0) /* drag left */ | |
5565 { | |
5566 left = TRUE; | |
5567 offset = -offset; | |
5568 /* sum up the room of the current frame and left of it */ | |
5569 room = 0; | |
5570 for (fr = fr->fr_child; ; fr = fr->fr_next) | |
5571 { | |
5572 room += fr->fr_width - frame_minwidth(fr, NULL); | |
5573 if (fr == curfr) | |
5574 break; | |
5575 } | |
5576 fr = curfr->fr_next; /* put fr at frame that grows */ | |
5577 } | |
5578 else /* drag right */ | |
5579 { | |
5580 left = FALSE; | |
5581 /* sum up the room of frames right of the current one */ | |
5582 room = 0; | |
5583 for (fr = curfr->fr_next; fr != NULL; fr = fr->fr_next) | |
5584 room += fr->fr_width - frame_minwidth(fr, NULL); | |
5585 fr = curfr; /* put fr at window that grows */ | |
5586 } | |
5587 | |
5588 if (room < offset) /* Not enough room */ | |
5589 offset = room; /* Move as far as we can */ | |
5590 if (offset <= 0) /* No room at all, quit. */ | |
5591 return; | |
5592 | |
5593 /* grow frame fr by offset lines */ | |
779 | 5594 frame_new_width(fr, fr->fr_width + offset, left, FALSE); |
7 | 5595 |
5596 /* shrink other frames: current and at the left or at the right */ | |
5597 if (left) | |
5598 fr = curfr; /* current frame gets smaller */ | |
5599 else | |
5600 fr = curfr->fr_next; /* next frame gets smaller */ | |
5601 | |
5602 while (fr != NULL && offset > 0) | |
5603 { | |
5604 n = frame_minwidth(fr, NULL); | |
5605 if (fr->fr_width - offset <= n) | |
5606 { | |
5607 offset -= fr->fr_width - n; | |
779 | 5608 frame_new_width(fr, n, !left, FALSE); |
7 | 5609 } |
5610 else | |
5611 { | |
779 | 5612 frame_new_width(fr, fr->fr_width - offset, !left, FALSE); |
7 | 5613 break; |
5614 } | |
5615 if (left) | |
5616 fr = fr->fr_prev; | |
5617 else | |
5618 fr = fr->fr_next; | |
5619 } | |
5620 (void)win_comp_pos(); | |
5621 redraw_all_later(NOT_VALID); | |
5622 } | |
5623 #endif /* FEAT_VERTSPLIT */ | |
5624 #endif /* FEAT_MOUSE */ | |
5625 | |
5626 #endif /* FEAT_WINDOWS */ | |
5627 | |
2665 | 5628 #define FRACTION_MULT 16384L |
5629 | |
5630 /* | |
5631 * Set wp->w_fraction for the current w_wrow and w_height. | |
5632 */ | |
5633 static void | |
5634 set_fraction(wp) | |
5635 win_T *wp; | |
5636 { | |
5637 wp->w_fraction = ((long)wp->w_wrow * FRACTION_MULT | |
5638 + FRACTION_MULT / 2) / (long)wp->w_height; | |
5639 } | |
5640 | |
7 | 5641 /* |
5642 * Set the height of a window. | |
5643 * This takes care of the things inside the window, not what happens to the | |
5644 * window position, the frame or to other windows. | |
5645 */ | |
3697 | 5646 void |
7 | 5647 win_new_height(wp, height) |
5648 win_T *wp; | |
5649 int height; | |
5650 { | |
5651 linenr_T lnum; | |
5652 int sline, line_size; | |
5653 | |
5654 /* Don't want a negative height. Happens when splitting a tiny window. | |
5655 * Will equalize heights soon to fix it. */ | |
5656 if (height < 0) | |
5657 height = 0; | |
826 | 5658 if (wp->w_height == height) |
5659 return; /* nothing to do */ | |
7 | 5660 |
5661 if (wp->w_wrow != wp->w_prev_fraction_row && wp->w_height > 0) | |
2665 | 5662 set_fraction(wp); |
7 | 5663 |
5664 wp->w_height = height; | |
5665 wp->w_skipcol = 0; | |
5666 | |
5667 /* Don't change w_topline when height is zero. Don't set w_topline when | |
5668 * 'scrollbind' is set and this isn't the current window. */ | |
5669 if (height > 0 | |
5670 #ifdef FEAT_SCROLLBIND | |
5671 && (!wp->w_p_scb || wp == curwin) | |
5672 #endif | |
5673 ) | |
5674 { | |
47 | 5675 /* |
5676 * Find a value for w_topline that shows the cursor at the same | |
5677 * relative position in the window as before (more or less). | |
5678 */ | |
7 | 5679 lnum = wp->w_cursor.lnum; |
5680 if (lnum < 1) /* can happen when starting up */ | |
5681 lnum = 1; | |
5682 wp->w_wrow = ((long)wp->w_fraction * (long)height - 1L) / FRACTION_MULT; | |
5683 line_size = plines_win_col(wp, lnum, (long)(wp->w_cursor.col)) - 1; | |
5684 sline = wp->w_wrow - line_size; | |
1023 | 5685 |
5686 if (sline >= 0) | |
5687 { | |
5688 /* Make sure the whole cursor line is visible, if possible. */ | |
5689 int rows = plines_win(wp, lnum, FALSE); | |
5690 | |
5691 if (sline > wp->w_height - rows) | |
5692 { | |
5693 sline = wp->w_height - rows; | |
5694 wp->w_wrow -= rows - line_size; | |
5695 } | |
5696 } | |
5697 | |
7 | 5698 if (sline < 0) |
5699 { | |
5700 /* | |
5701 * Cursor line would go off top of screen if w_wrow was this high. | |
1023 | 5702 * Make cursor line the first line in the window. If not enough |
5703 * room use w_skipcol; | |
7 | 5704 */ |
5705 wp->w_wrow = line_size; | |
1023 | 5706 if (wp->w_wrow >= wp->w_height |
5707 && (W_WIDTH(wp) - win_col_off(wp)) > 0) | |
5708 { | |
5709 wp->w_skipcol += W_WIDTH(wp) - win_col_off(wp); | |
5710 --wp->w_wrow; | |
5711 while (wp->w_wrow >= wp->w_height) | |
5712 { | |
5713 wp->w_skipcol += W_WIDTH(wp) - win_col_off(wp) | |
5714 + win_col_off2(wp); | |
5715 --wp->w_wrow; | |
5716 } | |
5717 } | |
7 | 5718 } |
5719 else | |
5720 { | |
1023 | 5721 while (sline > 0 && lnum > 1) |
7 | 5722 { |
5723 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
5724 hasFoldingWin(wp, lnum, &lnum, NULL, TRUE, NULL); | |
5725 if (lnum == 1) | |
5726 { | |
5727 /* first line in buffer is folded */ | |
5728 line_size = 1; | |
5729 --sline; | |
5730 break; | |
5731 } | |
5732 #endif | |
5733 --lnum; | |
5734 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
5735 if (lnum == wp->w_topline) | |
5736 line_size = plines_win_nofill(wp, lnum, TRUE) | |
5737 + wp->w_topfill; | |
5738 else | |
5739 #endif | |
5740 line_size = plines_win(wp, lnum, TRUE); | |
5741 sline -= line_size; | |
5742 } | |
47 | 5743 |
7 | 5744 if (sline < 0) |
5745 { | |
5746 /* | |
5747 * Line we want at top would go off top of screen. Use next | |
5748 * line instead. | |
5749 */ | |
5750 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
5751 hasFoldingWin(wp, lnum, NULL, &lnum, TRUE, NULL); | |
5752 #endif | |
5753 lnum++; | |
5754 wp->w_wrow -= line_size + sline; | |
5755 } | |
5756 else if (sline > 0) | |
5757 { | |
5758 /* First line of file reached, use that as topline. */ | |
5759 lnum = 1; | |
5760 wp->w_wrow -= sline; | |
5761 } | |
5762 } | |
5763 set_topline(wp, lnum); | |
5764 } | |
5765 | |
5766 if (wp == curwin) | |
5767 { | |
5768 if (p_so) | |
5769 update_topline(); | |
5770 curs_columns(FALSE); /* validate w_wrow */ | |
5771 } | |
5772 wp->w_prev_fraction_row = wp->w_wrow; | |
5773 | |
5774 win_comp_scroll(wp); | |
737 | 5775 redraw_win_later(wp, SOME_VALID); |
7 | 5776 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
5777 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; | |
5778 #endif | |
5779 invalidate_botline_win(wp); | |
5780 } | |
5781 | |
5782 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
5783 /* | |
5784 * Set the width of a window. | |
5785 */ | |
3697 | 5786 void |
7 | 5787 win_new_width(wp, width) |
5788 win_T *wp; | |
5789 int width; | |
5790 { | |
5791 wp->w_width = width; | |
5792 wp->w_lines_valid = 0; | |
5793 changed_line_abv_curs_win(wp); | |
5794 invalidate_botline_win(wp); | |
5795 if (wp == curwin) | |
5796 { | |
5797 update_topline(); | |
5798 curs_columns(TRUE); /* validate w_wrow */ | |
5799 } | |
5800 redraw_win_later(wp, NOT_VALID); | |
5801 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; | |
5802 } | |
5803 #endif | |
5804 | |
5805 void | |
5806 win_comp_scroll(wp) | |
5807 win_T *wp; | |
5808 { | |
5809 wp->w_p_scr = ((unsigned)wp->w_height >> 1); | |
5810 if (wp->w_p_scr == 0) | |
5811 wp->w_p_scr = 1; | |
5812 } | |
5813 | |
5814 /* | |
5815 * command_height: called whenever p_ch has been changed | |
5816 */ | |
5817 void | |
824 | 5818 command_height() |
7 | 5819 { |
5820 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
5821 int h; | |
5822 frame_T *frp; | |
824 | 5823 int old_p_ch = curtab->tp_ch_used; |
5824 | |
5825 /* Use the value of p_ch that we remembered. This is needed for when the | |
5826 * GUI starts up, we can't be sure in what order things happen. And when | |
5827 * p_ch was changed in another tab page. */ | |
5828 curtab->tp_ch_used = p_ch; | |
170 | 5829 |
7 | 5830 /* Find bottom frame with width of screen. */ |
5831 frp = lastwin->w_frame; | |
5832 # ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
5833 while (frp->fr_width != Columns && frp->fr_parent != NULL) | |
5834 frp = frp->fr_parent; | |
5835 # endif | |
5836 | |
5837 /* Avoid changing the height of a window with 'winfixheight' set. */ | |
5838 while (frp->fr_prev != NULL && frp->fr_layout == FR_LEAF | |
5839 && frp->fr_win->w_p_wfh) | |
5840 frp = frp->fr_prev; | |
5841 | |
5842 if (starting != NO_SCREEN) | |
5843 { | |
5844 cmdline_row = Rows - p_ch; | |
5845 | |
5846 if (p_ch > old_p_ch) /* p_ch got bigger */ | |
5847 { | |
5848 while (p_ch > old_p_ch) | |
5849 { | |
5850 if (frp == NULL) | |
5851 { | |
5852 EMSG(_(e_noroom)); | |
5853 p_ch = old_p_ch; | |
1404 | 5854 curtab->tp_ch_used = p_ch; |
7 | 5855 cmdline_row = Rows - p_ch; |
5856 break; | |
5857 } | |
5858 h = frp->fr_height - frame_minheight(frp, NULL); | |
5859 if (h > p_ch - old_p_ch) | |
5860 h = p_ch - old_p_ch; | |
5861 old_p_ch += h; | |
5862 frame_add_height(frp, -h); | |
5863 frp = frp->fr_prev; | |
5864 } | |
5865 | |
5866 /* Recompute window positions. */ | |
5867 (void)win_comp_pos(); | |
5868 | |
5869 /* clear the lines added to cmdline */ | |
5870 if (full_screen) | |
5871 screen_fill((int)(cmdline_row), (int)Rows, 0, | |
5872 (int)Columns, ' ', ' ', 0); | |
5873 msg_row = cmdline_row; | |
5874 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; | |
5875 return; | |
5876 } | |
5877 | |
5878 if (msg_row < cmdline_row) | |
5879 msg_row = cmdline_row; | |
5880 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; | |
5881 } | |
5882 frame_add_height(frp, (int)(old_p_ch - p_ch)); | |
5883 | |
5884 /* Recompute window positions. */ | |
5885 if (frp != lastwin->w_frame) | |
5886 (void)win_comp_pos(); | |
5887 #else | |
5888 cmdline_row = Rows - p_ch; | |
824 | 5889 win_setheight(cmdline_row); |
7 | 5890 #endif |
5891 } | |
5892 | |
5893 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(PROTO) | |
5894 /* | |
5895 * Resize frame "frp" to be "n" lines higher (negative for less high). | |
5896 * Also resize the frames it is contained in. | |
5897 */ | |
5898 static void | |
5899 frame_add_height(frp, n) | |
5900 frame_T *frp; | |
5901 int n; | |
5902 { | |
5903 frame_new_height(frp, frp->fr_height + n, FALSE, FALSE); | |
5904 for (;;) | |
5905 { | |
5906 frp = frp->fr_parent; | |
5907 if (frp == NULL) | |
5908 break; | |
5909 frp->fr_height += n; | |
5910 } | |
5911 } | |
5912 | |
5913 /* | |
5914 * Add or remove a status line for the bottom window(s), according to the | |
5915 * value of 'laststatus'. | |
5916 */ | |
5917 void | |
5918 last_status(morewin) | |
5919 int morewin; /* pretend there are two or more windows */ | |
5920 { | |
5921 /* Don't make a difference between horizontal or vertical split. */ | |
5922 last_status_rec(topframe, (p_ls == 2 | |
5923 || (p_ls == 1 && (morewin || lastwin != firstwin)))); | |
5924 } | |
5925 | |
5926 static void | |
5927 last_status_rec(fr, statusline) | |
5928 frame_T *fr; | |
5929 int statusline; | |
5930 { | |
5931 frame_T *fp; | |
5932 win_T *wp; | |
5933 | |
5934 if (fr->fr_layout == FR_LEAF) | |
5935 { | |
5936 wp = fr->fr_win; | |
5937 if (wp->w_status_height != 0 && !statusline) | |
5938 { | |
5939 /* remove status line */ | |
5940 win_new_height(wp, wp->w_height + 1); | |
5941 wp->w_status_height = 0; | |
5942 comp_col(); | |
5943 } | |
5944 else if (wp->w_status_height == 0 && statusline) | |
5945 { | |
5946 /* Find a frame to take a line from. */ | |
5947 fp = fr; | |
5948 while (fp->fr_height <= frame_minheight(fp, NULL)) | |
5949 { | |
5950 if (fp == topframe) | |
5951 { | |
5952 EMSG(_(e_noroom)); | |
5953 return; | |
5954 } | |
5955 /* In a column of frames: go to frame above. If already at | |
5956 * the top or in a row of frames: go to parent. */ | |
5957 if (fp->fr_parent->fr_layout == FR_COL && fp->fr_prev != NULL) | |
5958 fp = fp->fr_prev; | |
5959 else | |
5960 fp = fp->fr_parent; | |
5961 } | |
5962 wp->w_status_height = 1; | |
5963 if (fp != fr) | |
5964 { | |
5965 frame_new_height(fp, fp->fr_height - 1, FALSE, FALSE); | |
5966 frame_fix_height(wp); | |
5967 (void)win_comp_pos(); | |
5968 } | |
5969 else | |
5970 win_new_height(wp, wp->w_height - 1); | |
5971 comp_col(); | |
737 | 5972 redraw_all_later(SOME_VALID); |
7 | 5973 } |
5974 } | |
5975 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
5976 else if (fr->fr_layout == FR_ROW) | |
5977 { | |
5978 /* vertically split windows, set status line for each one */ | |
5979 for (fp = fr->fr_child; fp != NULL; fp = fp->fr_next) | |
5980 last_status_rec(fp, statusline); | |
5981 } | |
5982 #endif | |
5983 else | |
5984 { | |
5985 /* horizontally split window, set status line for last one */ | |
5986 for (fp = fr->fr_child; fp->fr_next != NULL; fp = fp->fr_next) | |
5987 ; | |
5988 last_status_rec(fp, statusline); | |
5989 } | |
5990 } | |
5991 | |
667 | 5992 /* |
668 | 5993 * Return the number of lines used by the tab page line. |
667 | 5994 */ |
5995 int | |
685 | 5996 tabline_height() |
667 | 5997 { |
685 | 5998 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_TABLINE |
5999 /* When the GUI has the tabline then this always returns zero. */ | |
6000 if (gui_use_tabline()) | |
6001 return 0; | |
6002 #endif | |
675 | 6003 switch (p_stal) |
668 | 6004 { |
6005 case 0: return 0; | |
6006 case 1: return (first_tabpage->tp_next == NULL) ? 0 : 1; | |
6007 } | |
667 | 6008 return 1; |
6009 } | |
6010 | |
7 | 6011 #endif /* FEAT_WINDOWS */ |
6012 | |
6013 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH) || defined(PROTO) | |
6014 /* | |
344 | 6015 * Get the file name at the cursor. |
6016 * If Visual mode is active, use the selected text if it's in one line. | |
6017 * Returns the name in allocated memory, NULL for failure. | |
6018 */ | |
6019 char_u * | |
681 | 6020 grab_file_name(count, file_lnum) |
6021 long count; | |
6022 linenr_T *file_lnum; | |
344 | 6023 { |
6024 # ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
6025 if (VIsual_active) | |
6026 { | |
6027 int len; | |
6028 char_u *ptr; | |
6029 | |
6030 if (get_visual_text(NULL, &ptr, &len) == FAIL) | |
6031 return NULL; | |
6032 return find_file_name_in_path(ptr, len, | |
6033 FNAME_MESS|FNAME_EXP|FNAME_REL, count, curbuf->b_ffname); | |
6034 } | |
6035 # endif | |
681 | 6036 return file_name_at_cursor(FNAME_MESS|FNAME_HYP|FNAME_EXP|FNAME_REL, count, |
6037 file_lnum); | |
6038 | |
344 | 6039 } |
6040 | |
6041 /* | |
7 | 6042 * Return the file name under or after the cursor. |
6043 * | |
6044 * The 'path' option is searched if the file name is not absolute. | |
6045 * The string returned has been alloc'ed and should be freed by the caller. | |
6046 * NULL is returned if the file name or file is not found. | |
6047 * | |
6048 * options: | |
6049 * FNAME_MESS give error messages | |
6050 * FNAME_EXP expand to path | |
6051 * FNAME_HYP check for hypertext link | |
6052 * FNAME_INCL apply "includeexpr" | |
6053 */ | |
6054 char_u * | |
681 | 6055 file_name_at_cursor(options, count, file_lnum) |
6056 int options; | |
6057 long count; | |
6058 linenr_T *file_lnum; | |
7 | 6059 { |
6060 return file_name_in_line(ml_get_curline(), | |
681 | 6061 curwin->w_cursor.col, options, count, curbuf->b_ffname, |
6062 file_lnum); | |
7 | 6063 } |
6064 | |
6065 /* | |
6066 * Return the name of the file under or after ptr[col]. | |
6067 * Otherwise like file_name_at_cursor(). | |
6068 */ | |
6069 char_u * | |
681 | 6070 file_name_in_line(line, col, options, count, rel_fname, file_lnum) |
7 | 6071 char_u *line; |
6072 int col; | |
6073 int options; | |
6074 long count; | |
6075 char_u *rel_fname; /* file we are searching relative to */ | |
681 | 6076 linenr_T *file_lnum; /* line number after the file name */ |
7 | 6077 { |
6078 char_u *ptr; | |
6079 int len; | |
6080 | |
6081 /* | |
6082 * search forward for what could be the start of a file name | |
6083 */ | |
6084 ptr = line + col; | |
6085 while (*ptr != NUL && !vim_isfilec(*ptr)) | |
345 | 6086 mb_ptr_adv(ptr); |
7 | 6087 if (*ptr == NUL) /* nothing found */ |
6088 { | |
6089 if (options & FNAME_MESS) | |
6090 EMSG(_("E446: No file name under cursor")); | |
6091 return NULL; | |
6092 } | |
6093 | |
6094 /* | |
6095 * Search backward for first char of the file name. | |
6096 * Go one char back to ":" before "//" even when ':' is not in 'isfname'. | |
6097 */ | |
6098 while (ptr > line) | |
6099 { | |
6100 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
6101 if (has_mbyte && (len = (*mb_head_off)(line, ptr - 1)) > 0) | |
6102 ptr -= len + 1; | |
6103 else | |
6104 #endif | |
6105 if (vim_isfilec(ptr[-1]) | |
6106 || ((options & FNAME_HYP) && path_is_url(ptr - 1))) | |
6107 --ptr; | |
6108 else | |
6109 break; | |
6110 } | |
6111 | |
6112 /* | |
6113 * Search forward for the last char of the file name. | |
6114 * Also allow "://" when ':' is not in 'isfname'. | |
6115 */ | |
6116 len = 0; | |
6117 while (vim_isfilec(ptr[len]) | |
6118 || ((options & FNAME_HYP) && path_is_url(ptr + len))) | |
6119 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
6120 if (has_mbyte) | |
474 | 6121 len += (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr + len); |
7 | 6122 else |
6123 #endif | |
6124 ++len; | |
6125 | |
6126 /* | |
6127 * If there is trailing punctuation, remove it. | |
6128 * But don't remove "..", could be a directory name. | |
6129 */ | |
6130 if (len > 2 && vim_strchr((char_u *)".,:;!", ptr[len - 1]) != NULL | |
6131 && ptr[len - 2] != '.') | |
6132 --len; | |
6133 | |
681 | 6134 if (file_lnum != NULL) |
6135 { | |
6136 char_u *p; | |
6137 | |
6138 /* Get the number after the file name and a separator character */ | |
6139 p = ptr + len; | |
6140 p = skipwhite(p); | |
6141 if (*p != NUL) | |
6142 { | |
6143 if (!isdigit(*p)) | |
6144 ++p; /* skip the separator */ | |
6145 p = skipwhite(p); | |
6146 if (isdigit(*p)) | |
6147 *file_lnum = (int)getdigits(&p); | |
6148 } | |
6149 } | |
6150 | |
7 | 6151 return find_file_name_in_path(ptr, len, options, count, rel_fname); |
6152 } | |
6153 | |
6154 # if defined(FEAT_FIND_ID) && defined(FEAT_EVAL) | |
6155 static char_u *eval_includeexpr __ARGS((char_u *ptr, int len)); | |
6156 | |
6157 static char_u * | |
6158 eval_includeexpr(ptr, len) | |
6159 char_u *ptr; | |
6160 int len; | |
6161 { | |
6162 char_u *res; | |
6163 | |
6164 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME, ptr, len); | |
633 | 6165 res = eval_to_string_safe(curbuf->b_p_inex, NULL, |
681 | 6166 was_set_insecurely((char_u *)"includeexpr", OPT_LOCAL)); |
7 | 6167 set_vim_var_string(VV_FNAME, NULL, 0); |
6168 return res; | |
6169 } | |
6170 #endif | |
6171 | |
6172 /* | |
6173 * Return the name of the file ptr[len] in 'path'. | |
6174 * Otherwise like file_name_at_cursor(). | |
6175 */ | |
6176 char_u * | |
6177 find_file_name_in_path(ptr, len, options, count, rel_fname) | |
6178 char_u *ptr; | |
6179 int len; | |
6180 int options; | |
6181 long count; | |
6182 char_u *rel_fname; /* file we are searching relative to */ | |
6183 { | |
6184 char_u *file_name; | |
6185 int c; | |
6186 # if defined(FEAT_FIND_ID) && defined(FEAT_EVAL) | |
6187 char_u *tofree = NULL; | |
6188 | |
6189 if ((options & FNAME_INCL) && *curbuf->b_p_inex != NUL) | |
6190 { | |
6191 tofree = eval_includeexpr(ptr, len); | |
6192 if (tofree != NULL) | |
6193 { | |
6194 ptr = tofree; | |
6195 len = (int)STRLEN(ptr); | |
6196 } | |
6197 } | |
6198 # endif | |
6199 | |
6200 if (options & FNAME_EXP) | |
6201 { | |
6202 file_name = find_file_in_path(ptr, len, options & ~FNAME_MESS, | |
6203 TRUE, rel_fname); | |
6204 | |
6205 # if defined(FEAT_FIND_ID) && defined(FEAT_EVAL) | |
6206 /* | |
6207 * If the file could not be found in a normal way, try applying | |
6208 * 'includeexpr' (unless done already). | |
6209 */ | |
6210 if (file_name == NULL | |
6211 && !(options & FNAME_INCL) && *curbuf->b_p_inex != NUL) | |
6212 { | |
6213 tofree = eval_includeexpr(ptr, len); | |
6214 if (tofree != NULL) | |
6215 { | |
6216 ptr = tofree; | |
6217 len = (int)STRLEN(ptr); | |
6218 file_name = find_file_in_path(ptr, len, options & ~FNAME_MESS, | |
6219 TRUE, rel_fname); | |
6220 } | |
6221 } | |
6222 # endif | |
6223 if (file_name == NULL && (options & FNAME_MESS)) | |
6224 { | |
6225 c = ptr[len]; | |
6226 ptr[len] = NUL; | |
6227 EMSG2(_("E447: Can't find file \"%s\" in path"), ptr); | |
6228 ptr[len] = c; | |
6229 } | |
6230 | |
6231 /* Repeat finding the file "count" times. This matters when it | |
6232 * appears several times in the path. */ | |
6233 while (file_name != NULL && --count > 0) | |
6234 { | |
6235 vim_free(file_name); | |
6236 file_name = find_file_in_path(ptr, len, options, FALSE, rel_fname); | |
6237 } | |
6238 } | |
6239 else | |
6240 file_name = vim_strnsave(ptr, len); | |
6241 | |
6242 # if defined(FEAT_FIND_ID) && defined(FEAT_EVAL) | |
6243 vim_free(tofree); | |
6244 # endif | |
6245 | |
6246 return file_name; | |
6247 } | |
6248 #endif /* FEAT_SEARCHPATH */ | |
6249 | |
6250 /* | |
6251 * Check if the "://" of a URL is at the pointer, return URL_SLASH. | |
6252 * Also check for ":\\", which MS Internet Explorer accepts, return | |
6253 * URL_BACKSLASH. | |
6254 */ | |
6255 static int | |
6256 path_is_url(p) | |
6257 char_u *p; | |
6258 { | |
6259 if (STRNCMP(p, "://", (size_t)3) == 0) | |
6260 return URL_SLASH; | |
6261 else if (STRNCMP(p, ":\\\\", (size_t)3) == 0) | |
6262 return URL_BACKSLASH; | |
6263 return 0; | |
6264 } | |
6265 | |
6266 /* | |
6267 * Check if "fname" starts with "name://". Return URL_SLASH if it does. | |
6268 * Return URL_BACKSLASH for "name:\\". | |
6269 * Return zero otherwise. | |
6270 */ | |
6271 int | |
6272 path_with_url(fname) | |
6273 char_u *fname; | |
6274 { | |
6275 char_u *p; | |
6276 | |
6277 for (p = fname; isalpha(*p); ++p) | |
6278 ; | |
6279 return path_is_url(p); | |
6280 } | |
6281 | |
6282 /* | |
6283 * Return TRUE if "name" is a full (absolute) path name or URL. | |
6284 */ | |
6285 int | |
6286 vim_isAbsName(name) | |
6287 char_u *name; | |
6288 { | |
6289 return (path_with_url(name) != 0 || mch_isFullName(name)); | |
6290 } | |
6291 | |
6292 /* | |
592 | 6293 * Get absolute file name into buffer "buf[len]". |
7 | 6294 * |
6295 * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise | |
6296 */ | |
6297 int | |
6298 vim_FullName(fname, buf, len, force) | |
6299 char_u *fname, *buf; | |
6300 int len; | |
592 | 6301 int force; /* force expansion even when already absolute */ |
7 | 6302 { |
6303 int retval = OK; | |
6304 int url; | |
6305 | |
6306 *buf = NUL; | |
6307 if (fname == NULL) | |
6308 return FAIL; | |
6309 | |
6310 url = path_with_url(fname); | |
6311 if (!url) | |
6312 retval = mch_FullName(fname, buf, len, force); | |
6313 if (url || retval == FAIL) | |
6314 { | |
6315 /* something failed; use the file name (truncate when too long) */ | |
416 | 6316 vim_strncpy(buf, fname, len - 1); |
7 | 6317 } |
6318 #if defined(MACOS_CLASSIC) || defined(OS2) || defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) | |
6319 slash_adjust(buf); | |
6320 #endif | |
6321 return retval; | |
6322 } | |
6323 | |
6324 /* | |
6325 * Return the minimal number of rows that is needed on the screen to display | |
6326 * the current number of windows. | |
6327 */ | |
6328 int | |
6329 min_rows() | |
6330 { | |
6331 int total; | |
671 | 6332 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
6333 tabpage_T *tp; | |
6334 int n; | |
6335 #endif | |
7 | 6336 |
6337 if (firstwin == NULL) /* not initialized yet */ | |
6338 return MIN_LINES; | |
6339 | |
6340 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
671 | 6341 total = 0; |
6342 for (tp = first_tabpage; tp != NULL; tp = tp->tp_next) | |
6343 { | |
6344 n = frame_minheight(tp->tp_topframe, NULL); | |
6345 if (total < n) | |
6346 total = n; | |
6347 } | |
685 | 6348 total += tabline_height(); |
7 | 6349 #else |
671 | 6350 total = 1; /* at least one window should have a line! */ |
7 | 6351 #endif |
671 | 6352 total += 1; /* count the room for the command line */ |
7 | 6353 return total; |
6354 } | |
6355 | |
6356 /* | |
672 | 6357 * Return TRUE if there is only one window (in the current tab page), not |
6358 * counting a help or preview window, unless it is the current window. | |
1906 | 6359 * Does not count "aucmd_win". |
7 | 6360 */ |
6361 int | |
6362 only_one_window() | |
6363 { | |
6364 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
6365 int count = 0; | |
6366 win_T *wp; | |
6367 | |
667 | 6368 /* If there is another tab page there always is another window. */ |
6369 if (first_tabpage->tp_next != NULL) | |
6370 return FALSE; | |
6371 | |
7 | 6372 for (wp = firstwin; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next) |
4021 | 6373 if (wp->w_buffer != NULL |
6374 && (!((wp->w_buffer->b_help && !curbuf->b_help) | |
7 | 6375 # ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX |
6376 || wp->w_p_pvw | |
6377 # endif | |
6378 ) || wp == curwin) | |
1906 | 6379 # ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
6380 && wp != aucmd_win | |
6381 # endif | |
6382 ) | |
7 | 6383 ++count; |
6384 return (count <= 1); | |
6385 #else | |
6386 return TRUE; | |
6387 #endif | |
6388 } | |
6389 | |
6390 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(FEAT_AUTOCMD) || defined(PROTO) | |
6391 /* | |
6392 * Correct the cursor line number in other windows. Used after changing the | |
6393 * current buffer, and before applying autocommands. | |
6394 * When "do_curwin" is TRUE, also check current window. | |
6395 */ | |
6396 void | |
6397 check_lnums(do_curwin) | |
6398 int do_curwin; | |
6399 { | |
6400 win_T *wp; | |
6401 | |
6402 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
671 | 6403 tabpage_T *tp; |
6404 | |
6405 FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, wp) | |
7 | 6406 if ((do_curwin || wp != curwin) && wp->w_buffer == curbuf) |
6407 #else | |
6408 wp = curwin; | |
6409 if (do_curwin) | |
6410 #endif | |
6411 { | |
6412 if (wp->w_cursor.lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
6413 wp->w_cursor.lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
6414 if (wp->w_topline > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
6415 wp->w_topline = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
6416 } | |
6417 } | |
6418 #endif | |
6419 | |
6420 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(PROTO) | |
6421 | |
6422 /* | |
6423 * A snapshot of the window sizes, to restore them after closing the help | |
6424 * window. | |
6425 * Only these fields are used: | |
6426 * fr_layout | |
6427 * fr_width | |
6428 * fr_height | |
6429 * fr_next | |
6430 * fr_child | |
6431 * fr_win (only valid for the old curwin, NULL otherwise) | |
6432 */ | |
6433 | |
6434 /* | |
6435 * Create a snapshot of the current frame sizes. | |
6436 */ | |
1906 | 6437 void |
6438 make_snapshot(idx) | |
6439 int idx; | |
7 | 6440 { |
1906 | 6441 clear_snapshot(curtab, idx); |
6442 make_snapshot_rec(topframe, &curtab->tp_snapshot[idx]); | |
7 | 6443 } |
6444 | |
6445 static void | |
6446 make_snapshot_rec(fr, frp) | |
6447 frame_T *fr; | |
6448 frame_T **frp; | |
6449 { | |
6450 *frp = (frame_T *)alloc_clear((unsigned)sizeof(frame_T)); | |
6451 if (*frp == NULL) | |
6452 return; | |
6453 (*frp)->fr_layout = fr->fr_layout; | |
6454 # ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
6455 (*frp)->fr_width = fr->fr_width; | |
6456 # endif | |
6457 (*frp)->fr_height = fr->fr_height; | |
6458 if (fr->fr_next != NULL) | |
6459 make_snapshot_rec(fr->fr_next, &((*frp)->fr_next)); | |
6460 if (fr->fr_child != NULL) | |
6461 make_snapshot_rec(fr->fr_child, &((*frp)->fr_child)); | |
6462 if (fr->fr_layout == FR_LEAF && fr->fr_win == curwin) | |
6463 (*frp)->fr_win = curwin; | |
6464 } | |
6465 | |
6466 /* | |
6467 * Remove any existing snapshot. | |
6468 */ | |
6469 static void | |
1906 | 6470 clear_snapshot(tp, idx) |
675 | 6471 tabpage_T *tp; |
1906 | 6472 int idx; |
7 | 6473 { |
1906 | 6474 clear_snapshot_rec(tp->tp_snapshot[idx]); |
6475 tp->tp_snapshot[idx] = NULL; | |
7 | 6476 } |
6477 | |
6478 static void | |
6479 clear_snapshot_rec(fr) | |
6480 frame_T *fr; | |
6481 { | |
6482 if (fr != NULL) | |
6483 { | |
6484 clear_snapshot_rec(fr->fr_next); | |
6485 clear_snapshot_rec(fr->fr_child); | |
6486 vim_free(fr); | |
6487 } | |
6488 } | |
6489 | |
6490 /* | |
6491 * Restore a previously created snapshot, if there is any. | |
6492 * This is only done if the screen size didn't change and the window layout is | |
6493 * still the same. | |
6494 */ | |
1906 | 6495 void |
6496 restore_snapshot(idx, close_curwin) | |
6497 int idx; | |
7 | 6498 int close_curwin; /* closing current window */ |
6499 { | |
6500 win_T *wp; | |
6501 | |
1906 | 6502 if (curtab->tp_snapshot[idx] != NULL |
7 | 6503 # ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT |
1906 | 6504 && curtab->tp_snapshot[idx]->fr_width == topframe->fr_width |
7 | 6505 # endif |
1906 | 6506 && curtab->tp_snapshot[idx]->fr_height == topframe->fr_height |
6507 && check_snapshot_rec(curtab->tp_snapshot[idx], topframe) == OK) | |
6508 { | |
6509 wp = restore_snapshot_rec(curtab->tp_snapshot[idx], topframe); | |
7 | 6510 win_comp_pos(); |
6511 if (wp != NULL && close_curwin) | |
6512 win_goto(wp); | |
6513 redraw_all_later(CLEAR); | |
6514 } | |
1906 | 6515 clear_snapshot(curtab, idx); |
7 | 6516 } |
6517 | |
6518 /* | |
6519 * Check if frames "sn" and "fr" have the same layout, same following frames | |
6520 * and same children. | |
6521 */ | |
6522 static int | |
6523 check_snapshot_rec(sn, fr) | |
6524 frame_T *sn; | |
6525 frame_T *fr; | |
6526 { | |
6527 if (sn->fr_layout != fr->fr_layout | |
6528 || (sn->fr_next == NULL) != (fr->fr_next == NULL) | |
6529 || (sn->fr_child == NULL) != (fr->fr_child == NULL) | |
6530 || (sn->fr_next != NULL | |
6531 && check_snapshot_rec(sn->fr_next, fr->fr_next) == FAIL) | |
6532 || (sn->fr_child != NULL | |
6533 && check_snapshot_rec(sn->fr_child, fr->fr_child) == FAIL)) | |
6534 return FAIL; | |
6535 return OK; | |
6536 } | |
6537 | |
6538 /* | |
6539 * Copy the size of snapshot frame "sn" to frame "fr". Do the same for all | |
6540 * following frames and children. | |
6541 * Returns a pointer to the old current window, or NULL. | |
6542 */ | |
6543 static win_T * | |
6544 restore_snapshot_rec(sn, fr) | |
6545 frame_T *sn; | |
6546 frame_T *fr; | |
6547 { | |
6548 win_T *wp = NULL; | |
6549 win_T *wp2; | |
6550 | |
6551 fr->fr_height = sn->fr_height; | |
6552 # ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
6553 fr->fr_width = sn->fr_width; | |
6554 # endif | |
6555 if (fr->fr_layout == FR_LEAF) | |
6556 { | |
6557 frame_new_height(fr, fr->fr_height, FALSE, FALSE); | |
6558 # ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
779 | 6559 frame_new_width(fr, fr->fr_width, FALSE, FALSE); |
7 | 6560 # endif |
6561 wp = sn->fr_win; | |
6562 } | |
6563 if (sn->fr_next != NULL) | |
6564 { | |
6565 wp2 = restore_snapshot_rec(sn->fr_next, fr->fr_next); | |
6566 if (wp2 != NULL) | |
6567 wp = wp2; | |
6568 } | |
6569 if (sn->fr_child != NULL) | |
6570 { | |
6571 wp2 = restore_snapshot_rec(sn->fr_child, fr->fr_child); | |
6572 if (wp2 != NULL) | |
6573 wp = wp2; | |
6574 } | |
6575 return wp; | |
6576 } | |
6577 | |
6578 #endif | |
6579 | |
4429 | 6580 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO) |
6581 /* | |
6582 * Set "win" to be the curwin and "tp" to be the current tab page. | |
6583 * restore_win() MUST be called to undo. | |
6584 * No autocommands will be executed. | |
4918
0792cc5133ce
updated for version 7.3.1204
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
6585 * When "no_display" is TRUE the display won't be affected, no redraw is |
0792cc5133ce
updated for version 7.3.1204
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
6586 * triggered, another tabpage access is limited. |
4429 | 6587 * Returns FAIL if switching to "win" failed. |
6588 */ | |
6589 int | |
4918
0792cc5133ce
updated for version 7.3.1204
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
6590 switch_win(save_curwin, save_curtab, win, tp, no_display) |
4936
ae05437a744a
updated for version 7.3.1213
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4918
diff
changeset
|
6591 win_T **save_curwin UNUSED; |
ae05437a744a
updated for version 7.3.1213
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4918
diff
changeset
|
6592 tabpage_T **save_curtab UNUSED; |
ae05437a744a
updated for version 7.3.1213
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4918
diff
changeset
|
6593 win_T *win UNUSED; |
ae05437a744a
updated for version 7.3.1213
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4918
diff
changeset
|
6594 tabpage_T *tp UNUSED; |
ae05437a744a
updated for version 7.3.1213
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4918
diff
changeset
|
6595 int no_display UNUSED; |
4429 | 6596 { |
6597 # ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD | |
6598 block_autocmds(); | |
6599 # endif | |
6600 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
6601 *save_curwin = curwin; | |
6602 if (tp != NULL) | |
6603 { | |
6604 *save_curtab = curtab; | |
4918
0792cc5133ce
updated for version 7.3.1204
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
6605 if (no_display) |
0792cc5133ce
updated for version 7.3.1204
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
6606 { |
0792cc5133ce
updated for version 7.3.1204
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
6607 curtab->tp_firstwin = firstwin; |
0792cc5133ce
updated for version 7.3.1204
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
6608 curtab->tp_lastwin = lastwin; |
0792cc5133ce
updated for version 7.3.1204
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
6609 curtab = tp; |
0792cc5133ce
updated for version 7.3.1204
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
6610 firstwin = curtab->tp_firstwin; |
0792cc5133ce
updated for version 7.3.1204
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
6611 lastwin = curtab->tp_lastwin; |
0792cc5133ce
updated for version 7.3.1204
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
6612 } |
0792cc5133ce
updated for version 7.3.1204
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
6613 else |
0792cc5133ce
updated for version 7.3.1204
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
6614 goto_tabpage_tp(tp, FALSE, FALSE); |
4429 | 6615 } |
6616 if (!win_valid(win)) | |
6617 { | |
6618 # ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD | |
6619 unblock_autocmds(); | |
6620 # endif | |
6621 return FAIL; | |
6622 } | |
6623 curwin = win; | |
6624 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer; | |
6625 # endif | |
6626 return OK; | |
6627 } | |
6628 | |
6629 /* | |
6630 * Restore current tabpage and window saved by switch_win(), if still valid. | |
4918
0792cc5133ce
updated for version 7.3.1204
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
6631 * When "no_display" is TRUE the display won't be affected, no redraw is |
0792cc5133ce
updated for version 7.3.1204
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
6632 * triggered. |
4429 | 6633 */ |
6634 void | |
4918
0792cc5133ce
updated for version 7.3.1204
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
6635 restore_win(save_curwin, save_curtab, no_display) |
4936
ae05437a744a
updated for version 7.3.1213
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4918
diff
changeset
|
6636 win_T *save_curwin UNUSED; |
ae05437a744a
updated for version 7.3.1213
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4918
diff
changeset
|
6637 tabpage_T *save_curtab UNUSED; |
ae05437a744a
updated for version 7.3.1213
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4918
diff
changeset
|
6638 int no_display UNUSED; |
4429 | 6639 { |
6640 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
6641 if (save_curtab != NULL && valid_tabpage(save_curtab)) | |
4918
0792cc5133ce
updated for version 7.3.1204
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
6642 { |
0792cc5133ce
updated for version 7.3.1204
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
6643 if (no_display) |
0792cc5133ce
updated for version 7.3.1204
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
6644 { |
0792cc5133ce
updated for version 7.3.1204
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
6645 curtab->tp_firstwin = firstwin; |
0792cc5133ce
updated for version 7.3.1204
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
6646 curtab->tp_lastwin = lastwin; |
0792cc5133ce
updated for version 7.3.1204
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
6647 curtab = save_curtab; |
0792cc5133ce
updated for version 7.3.1204
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
6648 firstwin = curtab->tp_firstwin; |
0792cc5133ce
updated for version 7.3.1204
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
6649 lastwin = curtab->tp_lastwin; |
0792cc5133ce
updated for version 7.3.1204
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
6650 } |
0792cc5133ce
updated for version 7.3.1204
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
6651 else |
0792cc5133ce
updated for version 7.3.1204
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
6652 goto_tabpage_tp(save_curtab, FALSE, FALSE); |
0792cc5133ce
updated for version 7.3.1204
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
6653 } |
4429 | 6654 if (win_valid(save_curwin)) |
6655 { | |
6656 curwin = save_curwin; | |
6657 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer; | |
6658 } | |
6659 # endif | |
6660 # ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD | |
6661 unblock_autocmds(); | |
6662 # endif | |
6663 } | |
6664 | |
6665 /* | |
6666 * Make "buf" the current buffer. restore_buffer() MUST be called to undo. | |
6667 * No autocommands will be executed. Use aucmd_prepbuf() if there are any. | |
6668 */ | |
6669 void | |
6670 switch_buffer(save_curbuf, buf) | |
6671 buf_T *buf; | |
6672 buf_T **save_curbuf; | |
6673 { | |
6674 # ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD | |
6675 block_autocmds(); | |
6676 # endif | |
6677 *save_curbuf = curbuf; | |
6678 --curbuf->b_nwindows; | |
6679 curbuf = buf; | |
6680 curwin->w_buffer = buf; | |
6681 ++curbuf->b_nwindows; | |
6682 } | |
6683 | |
6684 /* | |
6685 * Restore the current buffer after using switch_buffer(). | |
6686 */ | |
6687 void | |
6688 restore_buffer(save_curbuf) | |
6689 buf_T *save_curbuf; | |
6690 { | |
6691 # ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD | |
6692 unblock_autocmds(); | |
6693 # endif | |
6694 /* Check for valid buffer, just in case. */ | |
6695 if (buf_valid(save_curbuf)) | |
6696 { | |
6697 --curbuf->b_nwindows; | |
6698 curwin->w_buffer = save_curbuf; | |
6699 curbuf = save_curbuf; | |
6700 ++curbuf->b_nwindows; | |
6701 } | |
6702 } | |
6703 #endif | |
6704 | |
7 | 6705 #if (defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(FEAT_VERTSPLIT)) || defined(PROTO) |
6706 /* | |
6707 * Return TRUE if there is any vertically split window. | |
6708 */ | |
6709 int | |
6710 win_hasvertsplit() | |
6711 { | |
6712 frame_T *fr; | |
6713 | |
6714 if (topframe->fr_layout == FR_ROW) | |
6715 return TRUE; | |
6716 | |
6717 if (topframe->fr_layout == FR_COL) | |
6718 for (fr = topframe->fr_child; fr != NULL; fr = fr->fr_next) | |
6719 if (fr->fr_layout == FR_ROW) | |
6720 return TRUE; | |
6721 | |
6722 return FALSE; | |
6723 } | |
6724 #endif | |
1326 | 6725 |
6726 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) || defined(PROTO) | |
6727 /* | |
6728 * Add match to the match list of window 'wp'. The pattern 'pat' will be | |
1698 | 6729 * highlighted with the group 'grp' with priority 'prio'. |
1326 | 6730 * Optionally, a desired ID 'id' can be specified (greater than or equal to 1). |
6731 * If no particular ID is desired, -1 must be specified for 'id'. | |
6732 * Return ID of added match, -1 on failure. | |
6733 */ | |
6734 int | |
6735 match_add(wp, grp, pat, prio, id) | |
6736 win_T *wp; | |
6737 char_u *grp; | |
6738 char_u *pat; | |
6739 int prio; | |
6740 int id; | |
6741 { | |
6742 matchitem_T *cur; | |
6743 matchitem_T *prev; | |
6744 matchitem_T *m; | |
6745 int hlg_id; | |
1338 | 6746 regprog_T *regprog; |
1326 | 6747 |
6748 if (*grp == NUL || *pat == NUL) | |
6749 return -1; | |
6750 if (id < -1 || id == 0) | |
6751 { | |
6752 EMSGN("E799: Invalid ID: %ld (must be greater than or equal to 1)", id); | |
6753 return -1; | |
6754 } | |
6755 if (id != -1) | |
6756 { | |
6757 cur = wp->w_match_head; | |
6758 while (cur != NULL) | |
6759 { | |
6760 if (cur->id == id) | |
6761 { | |
6762 EMSGN("E801: ID already taken: %ld", id); | |
6763 return -1; | |
6764 } | |
6765 cur = cur->next; | |
6766 } | |
6767 } | |
1570 | 6768 if ((hlg_id = syn_namen2id(grp, (int)STRLEN(grp))) == 0) |
1326 | 6769 { |
6770 EMSG2(_(e_nogroup), grp); | |
6771 return -1; | |
6772 } | |
1338 | 6773 if ((regprog = vim_regcomp(pat, RE_MAGIC)) == NULL) |
1326 | 6774 { |
6775 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), pat); | |
6776 return -1; | |
6777 } | |
6778 | |
6779 /* Find available match ID. */ | |
6780 while (id == -1) | |
6781 { | |
6782 cur = wp->w_match_head; | |
6783 while (cur != NULL && cur->id != wp->w_next_match_id) | |
6784 cur = cur->next; | |
6785 if (cur == NULL) | |
6786 id = wp->w_next_match_id; | |
6787 wp->w_next_match_id++; | |
6788 } | |
6789 | |
6790 /* Build new match. */ | |
6791 m = (matchitem_T *)alloc(sizeof(matchitem_T)); | |
6792 m->id = id; | |
6793 m->priority = prio; | |
6794 m->pattern = vim_strsave(pat); | |
6795 m->hlg_id = hlg_id; | |
1338 | 6796 m->match.regprog = regprog; |
6797 m->match.rmm_ic = FALSE; | |
6798 m->match.rmm_maxcol = 0; | |
1326 | 6799 |
6800 /* Insert new match. The match list is in ascending order with regard to | |
6801 * the match priorities. */ | |
6802 cur = wp->w_match_head; | |
6803 prev = cur; | |
6804 while (cur != NULL && prio >= cur->priority) | |
6805 { | |
6806 prev = cur; | |
6807 cur = cur->next; | |
6808 } | |
6809 if (cur == prev) | |
6810 wp->w_match_head = m; | |
6811 else | |
6812 prev->next = m; | |
6813 m->next = cur; | |
6814 | |
6815 redraw_later(SOME_VALID); | |
6816 return id; | |
6817 } | |
6818 | |
6819 /* | |
6820 * Delete match with ID 'id' in the match list of window 'wp'. | |
6821 * Print error messages if 'perr' is TRUE. | |
6822 */ | |
6823 int | |
6824 match_delete(wp, id, perr) | |
6825 win_T *wp; | |
6826 int id; | |
6827 int perr; | |
6828 { | |
6829 matchitem_T *cur = wp->w_match_head; | |
6830 matchitem_T *prev = cur; | |
6831 | |
6832 if (id < 1) | |
6833 { | |
6834 if (perr == TRUE) | |
6835 EMSGN("E802: Invalid ID: %ld (must be greater than or equal to 1)", | |
6836 id); | |
6837 return -1; | |
6838 } | |
6839 while (cur != NULL && cur->id != id) | |
6840 { | |
6841 prev = cur; | |
6842 cur = cur->next; | |
6843 } | |
6844 if (cur == NULL) | |
6845 { | |
6846 if (perr == TRUE) | |
6847 EMSGN("E803: ID not found: %ld", id); | |
6848 return -1; | |
6849 } | |
6850 if (cur == prev) | |
6851 wp->w_match_head = cur->next; | |
6852 else | |
6853 prev->next = cur->next; | |
4805
66803af09906
updated for version 7.3.1149
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4442
diff
changeset
|
6854 vim_regfree(cur->match.regprog); |
1326 | 6855 vim_free(cur->pattern); |
6856 vim_free(cur); | |
6857 redraw_later(SOME_VALID); | |
6858 return 0; | |
6859 } | |
6860 | |
6861 /* | |
6862 * Delete all matches in the match list of window 'wp'. | |
6863 */ | |
6864 void | |
6865 clear_matches(wp) | |
6866 win_T *wp; | |
6867 { | |
6868 matchitem_T *m; | |
6869 | |
6870 while (wp->w_match_head != NULL) | |
6871 { | |
6872 m = wp->w_match_head->next; | |
4805
66803af09906
updated for version 7.3.1149
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4442
diff
changeset
|
6873 vim_regfree(wp->w_match_head->match.regprog); |
1326 | 6874 vim_free(wp->w_match_head->pattern); |
6875 vim_free(wp->w_match_head); | |
6876 wp->w_match_head = m; | |
6877 } | |
6878 redraw_later(SOME_VALID); | |
6879 } | |
6880 | |
6881 /* | |
6882 * Get match from ID 'id' in window 'wp'. | |
6883 * Return NULL if match not found. | |
6884 */ | |
6885 matchitem_T * | |
6886 get_match(wp, id) | |
6887 win_T *wp; | |
6888 int id; | |
6889 { | |
6890 matchitem_T *cur = wp->w_match_head; | |
6891 | |
6892 while (cur != NULL && cur->id != id) | |
6893 cur = cur->next; | |
6894 return cur; | |
6895 } | |
6896 #endif | |
4379 | 6897 |
6898 #if defined(FEAT_PYTHON) || defined(FEAT_PYTHON3) || defined(PROTO) | |
6899 int | |
4401 | 6900 get_win_number(win_T *wp, win_T *first_win) |
4379 | 6901 { |
6902 int i = 1; | |
6903 win_T *w; | |
6904 | |
4401 | 6905 for (w = first_win; w != NULL && w != wp; w = W_NEXT(w)) |
4379 | 6906 ++i; |
6907 | |
6908 if (w == NULL) | |
6909 return 0; | |
6910 else | |
6911 return i; | |
6912 } | |
4401 | 6913 |
6914 int | |
4936
ae05437a744a
updated for version 7.3.1213
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4918
diff
changeset
|
6915 get_tab_number(tabpage_T *tp UNUSED) |
4401 | 6916 { |
6917 int i = 1; | |
4936
ae05437a744a
updated for version 7.3.1213
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4918
diff
changeset
|
6918 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
4401 | 6919 tabpage_T *t; |
6920 | |
6921 for (t = first_tabpage; t != NULL && t != tp; t = t->tp_next) | |
6922 ++i; | |
6923 | |
6924 if (t == NULL) | |
6925 return 0; | |
6926 else | |
4936
ae05437a744a
updated for version 7.3.1213
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4918
diff
changeset
|
6927 # endif |
4401 | 6928 return i; |
6929 } | |
6930 #endif | |
5004
a1b41dabc682
updated for version 7.3.1246
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4936
diff
changeset
|
6931 |
5025
322441058afc
updated for version 7.3.1256
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5004
diff
changeset
|
6932 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
5004
a1b41dabc682
updated for version 7.3.1246
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4936
diff
changeset
|
6933 /* |
a1b41dabc682
updated for version 7.3.1246
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4936
diff
changeset
|
6934 * Return TRUE if "topfrp" and its children are at the right height. |
a1b41dabc682
updated for version 7.3.1246
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4936
diff
changeset
|
6935 */ |
a1b41dabc682
updated for version 7.3.1246
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4936
diff
changeset
|
6936 static int |
a1b41dabc682
updated for version 7.3.1246
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4936
diff
changeset
|
6937 frame_check_height(topfrp, height) |
a1b41dabc682
updated for version 7.3.1246
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4936
diff
changeset
|
6938 frame_T *topfrp; |
a1b41dabc682
updated for version 7.3.1246
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4936
diff
changeset
|
6939 int height; |
a1b41dabc682
updated for version 7.3.1246
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4936
diff
changeset
|
6940 { |
a1b41dabc682
updated for version 7.3.1246
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4936
diff
changeset
|
6941 frame_T *frp; |
a1b41dabc682
updated for version 7.3.1246
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4936
diff
changeset
|
6942 |
a1b41dabc682
updated for version 7.3.1246
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4936
diff
changeset
|
6943 if (topfrp->fr_height != height) |
a1b41dabc682
updated for version 7.3.1246
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4936
diff
changeset
|
6944 return FALSE; |
a1b41dabc682
updated for version 7.3.1246
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4936
diff
changeset
|
6945 |
a1b41dabc682
updated for version 7.3.1246
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4936
diff
changeset
|
6946 if (topfrp->fr_layout == FR_ROW) |
a1b41dabc682
updated for version 7.3.1246
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4936
diff
changeset
|
6947 for (frp = topfrp->fr_child; frp != NULL; frp = frp->fr_next) |
a1b41dabc682
updated for version 7.3.1246
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4936
diff
changeset
|
6948 if (frp->fr_height != height) |
a1b41dabc682
updated for version 7.3.1246
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4936
diff
changeset
|
6949 return FALSE; |
a1b41dabc682
updated for version 7.3.1246
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4936
diff
changeset
|
6950 |
a1b41dabc682
updated for version 7.3.1246
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4936
diff
changeset
|
6951 return TRUE; |
a1b41dabc682
updated for version 7.3.1246
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4936
diff
changeset
|
6952 } |
5025
322441058afc
updated for version 7.3.1256
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5004
diff
changeset
|
6953 #endif |
5004
a1b41dabc682
updated for version 7.3.1246
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4936
diff
changeset
|
6954 |
a1b41dabc682
updated for version 7.3.1246
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4936
diff
changeset
|
6955 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT |
a1b41dabc682
updated for version 7.3.1246
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4936
diff
changeset
|
6956 /* |
a1b41dabc682
updated for version 7.3.1246
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4936
diff
changeset
|
6957 * Return TRUE if "topfrp" and its children are at the right width. |
a1b41dabc682
updated for version 7.3.1246
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4936
diff
changeset
|
6958 */ |
a1b41dabc682
updated for version 7.3.1246
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4936
diff
changeset
|
6959 static int |
a1b41dabc682
updated for version 7.3.1246
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4936
diff
changeset
|
6960 frame_check_width(topfrp, width) |
a1b41dabc682
updated for version 7.3.1246
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4936
diff
changeset
|
6961 frame_T *topfrp; |
a1b41dabc682
updated for version 7.3.1246
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4936
diff
changeset
|
6962 int width; |
a1b41dabc682
updated for version 7.3.1246
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4936
diff
changeset
|
6963 { |
a1b41dabc682
updated for version 7.3.1246
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4936
diff
changeset
|
6964 frame_T *frp; |
a1b41dabc682
updated for version 7.3.1246
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4936
diff
changeset
|
6965 |
a1b41dabc682
updated for version 7.3.1246
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4936
diff
changeset
|
6966 if (topfrp->fr_width != width) |
a1b41dabc682
updated for version 7.3.1246
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4936
diff
changeset
|
6967 return FALSE; |
a1b41dabc682
updated for version 7.3.1246
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4936
diff
changeset
|
6968 |
a1b41dabc682
updated for version 7.3.1246
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4936
diff
changeset
|
6969 if (topfrp->fr_layout == FR_COL) |
a1b41dabc682
updated for version 7.3.1246
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4936
diff
changeset
|
6970 for (frp = topfrp->fr_child; frp != NULL; frp = frp->fr_next) |
a1b41dabc682
updated for version 7.3.1246
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4936
diff
changeset
|
6971 if (frp->fr_width != width) |
a1b41dabc682
updated for version 7.3.1246
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4936
diff
changeset
|
6972 return FALSE; |
a1b41dabc682
updated for version 7.3.1246
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4936
diff
changeset
|
6973 |
a1b41dabc682
updated for version 7.3.1246
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4936
diff
changeset
|
6974 return TRUE; |
a1b41dabc682
updated for version 7.3.1246
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4936
diff
changeset
|
6975 } |
a1b41dabc682
updated for version 7.3.1246
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4936
diff
changeset
|
6976 #endif |
a1b41dabc682
updated for version 7.3.1246
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4936
diff
changeset
|
6977 |